July 2024

Installation and Operation Manual

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3

Languages
To go directly to your preferred language, simply click on the hyperlinks listed in thecontents below.

English

3

日本語

24

Français

46

Deutsch68

Español

90

中文

112

한국어

134

Русский

156

Italiano

178

Português

200

Türkçe222

EnglishWelcomeThank you for purchasing a Blackmagic Audio Monitor for your production needs!
We hope you share our dream for the television industry to become a truly creative industry
by allowing anyone to have access to the highest quality video equipment.
Audio monitoring is crucial for any video production workflow, whether it’s broadcast, postproduction or live production. Blackmagic Audio Monitor gives you all the features of professional
audio monitors in a compact rack mount design. You can connect to virtually all types of audio
equipment for high quality monitoring. The original Blackmagic Audio Monitor supports 6G-SDI
for connecting Ultra HD video up to 30 frames per second. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
supports 12G-SDI for connecting Ultra HD video up to 60 frames per second plus level A and B
3G-SDI video signal inputs. Additionally, Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 supports up to
12G-SDI via SMPTE 2110 IP video using 10G Ethernet.
This instruction manual contains all the information you need to start using yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor.
Please check the support page on our web site at www.blackmagicdesign.com for the latest
version of this manual and updates to your Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s internal software.
Keeping your internal software up to date will always ensure you get all the latest features.
When downloading software, please register with your information so we can keep you updated
when new software is released. We are constantly working on new features and improvements,
so we would love to hear from you!

Grant Petty
CEO Blackmagic Design3

Contents
Getting Started

5

Audio Tab11

Introducing Blackmagic Audio Monitor

5

Setup Tab 

13

Plugging in Audio

52110 Tab

14

Selecting your Audio Source

6

Updating the Internal Software

15

Connecting Video Outputs

6

Developer Information 

16

Using Blackmagic Audio Monitor

7

LCD 7

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

16

Audio Level Meters

8

Help

20

Control Panel Buttons

8Regulatory Notices

21

Audio Monitor Setup

10

Safety Information

22Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

10Warranty

23

4

Getting Started
Introducing Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Blackmagic Audio Monitor and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G are single rack real time audio
monitoring solutions that can be used with a variety of video and audio sources in live, postproduction and broadcast environments.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor connects to SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI, digital AES/EBU and analog audio
equipment to ensure outputs have the correct audio levels. The 12G model supports 12G-SDI
so you can connect Ultra HD video up to 60 frames per second. Left and right channel LED
level meters let you see where your audio is peaking and the built in LCD shows your SDI video
input plus important information such as input connection type, video format, frame rate, audio
channels and volume level.
You can monitor up to 16 channels of embedded SDI audio, or use XLR connectors for balanced
analog and AES/EBU digital audio. There are also RCA connectors so you can plug in consumer
equipment such as HiFi systems and iPods.
Your Blackmagic Audio Monitor includes two high quality internal full range speakers
and two sub woofers that give you a wide range of frequencies for clear and deep soundreproduction, or you can connect a headset for confident sound monitoring that is great if you
are in a noisy environment!

The front panel of Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

The rear panel of Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 models also support receiving native 2110 streams including
compressed 12G-SDI.

The front panel of Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3

The rear panel of Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Plugging in Audio
Blackmagic Audio Monitor supports virtually all types of audio equipment! If you want toconnect SDI signals in SD, HD, 2K or even Ultra HD, you can plug in via the SDI input using astandard BNC connector. The 12G model supports level A and B 3G-SDI video signal inputs.

Getting Started

5

Plug in using XLR connectors if you want to monitor digital AES/EBU audio from equipment including
disk recorders and digital audio consoles, or from analog equipment such as audio mixers or
Betacam SP decks. Analog audio from consumer equipment such as VCRs and DVD players canbe connected using standard RCA connectors. You can also connect headphones via the 1/4” TRS
headphone jack when you need to listen to your audio privately without disturbing others.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

3

1

6

5

7

1. 10G Ethernet 2. USB-C 3. HDMI 4K Out
4. 12G-SDI in and 12G-SDI out 5. XLR IN for AES/EBU
6. XLR IN for analog audio 7. RCA stereo IN for consumer audio connections

Selecting your Audio Source
After plugging in your audio equipment to Blackmagic Audio Monitor, all you need to do is select yourconnection by pressing the INPUT button on the control panel. When your input is selected and audio
is present, you’ll notice the audio level meter LEDs illuminated. The audio level meter consists of 2
rows of colored LEDs and are brightly lit so you can easily confirm your audio input is working.
The INPUT button lets you cycle through your audio connections and you can see them on thecolor LCD with information including input type, audio channels and volume level. That’s all you
need to do to monitor audio with Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

Connecting Video Outputs
If you need video as well as audio monitoring, Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s video outputs let
you monitor video with audio on a large screen, or connect to more video equipment.
The HDMI output and SDI loop output can be used to monitor video and embedded audio.
You can connect to SD, HD, 2K and even Ultra HD capture devices such as DeckLink 4K
Extreme with a single SDI cable. Connect video with embedded audio to recording decks suchas HyperDeck Studio via SD/HD-SDI or the latest Ultra HD display and projectors via HDMI.
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 can also convert ST2110 inputs to HDMI and 12G-SDI asboth outputs will follow the the SDI or 2110 inputs depending on which one is selected via thefront panel’s input button.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

The selection buttons allow you to choose which input you wish to monitor, isolate left and right stereo
channels, move up or down through available audio channels, and mute the speakers or headphones.

Getting Started

6

Using Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s control panel provides fast access to critical functions and status.

LCD
The built in color LCD features a text overlay that displays important status information, suchas your selected input, the video format if SDI is connected, selected audio channels, andthe volume level for your speakers or headphones. The LCD will also display any incoming SDI
video signal. If there is no SDI video detected, a music icon will be displayed.
The following information is displayed for each selected input:

SDI Input
SDI, video format, selected audio channels.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

The color LCD displays audio and video information
including connection type, video format, selectedaudio channels and volume level

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

A music icon is displayed on the LCD unlessmonitoring an SDI or SMPTE 2110 signal

10G Ethernet 2110 Input
SMPTE-2110 IP video including SMPTE-2110-30 audio support.

Balanced AES/EBU XLR input
AES/EBU, selected audio channels.

Balanced XLR analog inputs
Analog, selected audio channels.

Unbalanced RCA analog inputs
HiFi, selected audio channels.

Using Blackmagic Audio Monitor

7

Audio Level Meters
Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s level meters feature two banks of green, orange and red LEDs
that show the strength of your audio levels. If all LEDs are lit, your audio levels are too high andare clipping.
The behaviour of the audio level meters will change depending on which meter type setting
you have selected in the Audio Monitor Setup utility. If you are using VU metering, adjust theoutput levels on your audio equipment so the meter peaks at the 0dB indicator on the control
panel. This maximizes the signal to noise ratio and ensures your audio is at the highest quality.
If your audio peaks beyond the 0dB indicator there is a high risk of sound distortion.
Please refer to the ‘Audio Monitor Setup’ section for information on installing Blackmagic Audio
Monitor Setup and setting the level meter types.

Control Panel Buttons
Solo Left and Solo Right
These buttons let you isolate left and right channel audio so you can listen for any potential
audio problems in each channel independently.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Selecting ‘solo left’ deactivates the right audio channel. The
audio level meter will continue to display both levels

To monitor left channel audio:
1

Press the ‘solo left’ button. The button will become backlit green and your audio will playthrough the left speaker only.

2

Press ‘solo left’ again to return to stereo audio monitoring.

To monitor the right channel audio repeat the steps pressing ‘solo right’ instead.

Channel Up and Channel Down
These buttons let you cycle through the embedded audio channels in your SDI connection.
For 3G-SDI, this includes up to 16 channels, or 8 pairs. Press the channel ‘up’ and ‘down’buttons to move up or down through the embedded SDI audio channels.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G supports 12G-SDI which includes up to 64 channels of audio, or
32 pairs of channels. Press and hold the arrow up or down buttons to quickly scroll through them.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Using Blackmagic Audio Monitor

8InputRepeatedly pressing the INPUT button cycles through the SDI, AES/EBU, SMPTE 2110, analog
and HiFi inputs so you can select which video and audio equipment you wish to monitor.
The selected audio input can be listened to via the built in speakers, plus you can monitor theaudio on CH 1 & 2 of the HDMI output.

NOTE The HDMI output will display black video when the analog, AES/EBU or
HiFi inputs are selected. The SDI Loop output always outputs the video and audio
connected to the SDI input.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Mute
This button mutes Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s control panel speakers and headphones.
Muting the audio will not affect your audio input and will only affect the speakers andheadphones output. Pressing the MUTE button again will restore audio to the control panel
speakers or headphones. Alternatively, increasing the volume will also restore audio.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

VolumeThis knob adjusts the volume for the speakers or headphones independently. Volume level isdisplayed on the built in LCD. When headphones are connected, Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s
speakers will mute and audio is outputted via headphones. Volume can easily be adjusted up
or down by turning the volume knob clockwise or counterclockwise.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

The volume level is displayed on the control panel LCD.

Using Blackmagic Audio Monitor

9

Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup utility is used to set your desired audio level meter type,plus update the internal software on your Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
When the original Blackmagic Audio Monitor is connected to a computer via USB, you can change
the configure settings and update the internal software using the setup utility. On Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12G G3, you can also update the unit and change settings via USB or Ethernet.
To install Audio Monitor Setup:1

From a web browser navigate to www.blackmagicdesign.com/support and download thelatest Blackmagic Audio Monitor drivers.

2

When the file has finished downloading, double click the ‘Install Audio Monitor’ icon to run
the installer. Follow the prompts to the end and press ‘install’ to install the software.

3

Once the software is installed, navigate to ‘Blackmagic Audio Monitor’ folder in yourapplications or programs folder and double click ‘Audio Monitor Setup’.

Update your Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s internal software and change
configuration settings using the Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup utility

Audio Monitor Setup

10

Audio Tab
Click on the audio tab to reveal the audio delay and level monitoring settings.

Audio Delay
Add an audio delay to the HDMI and SDI loop out connections by adjusting the slider. You canadjust the delay in frames or time in milliseconds.

Audio Level Meters
You can select from VU, PPM or loudness meter types with EBU and BBC measurement scales.
While the VU meter has now become standardized, PPM and loudness meters provide scaling
systems and measurements for perceived loudness. The following table shows the supported
audio level meters and measurement scale combinations.
Meter Type

Scale Type

Measurement Scale

How to Use

VU–-45 to +3

Printed on unit

PPM

EBU

-12 to +12

Stick-on label

PPM

BBC

1 to 7

Stick-on label

Loudness

EBU +9-18 to +9

Stick-on label

Loudness

EBU +18-36 to +18

Stick-on label

Loudness

Full Scale +9-41 to -14

Stick-on label

Loudness

Full Scale +18-59 to -5

Stick-on label

Audio Monitor Setup

11

VU
This meter averages out short peaks and troughs in your audio signal. It’s mostly used tomonitor peaks in a signal, however, because of its averaging capability it can also be used tomonitor the perceived loudness of your audio.

PPM
This meter displays a “peak hold” feature that momentarily holds the signal peaks, and a slow
fall back so you can easily see where your audio is peaking.

Loudness
This meter displays the subjective quality of loudness in your audio signal. Today’s broadcast
standards include loudness metering for consistent audio loudness levels.
The VU and PPM meters feature a selectable reference level of -18dB or -20dB so you canmonitor your audio to suit different international broadcasting standards.
Your Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s LED reference behavior will change with each selected
meter type. Stick-on labels with accurate dB reference scales are provided with yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor to help you easily identify where your audio is peaking. To apply the
stick on labels, simply peel and stick the desired scale in between the colored LED meters andover the current VU scale markings.
Two labels are provided for each audio level meter type and measurement scale. Label sheets
are also available from your local Blackmagic Design support office.

Stick-on labels are provided so you can accurately identify
where your audio is peaking for each meter type.

Audio Monitor Setup

12Setup Tab
The setup tab lists the software version number and contains your Blackmagic Audio Monitor’s
network settings. You can also label your unit with a custom name. Naming the unit helps you
quickly locate it when connected remotely. The setup tab also contains the network settings forthe audio monitor.
To name your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
1

Click on the ‘setup’ tab.

2

Click the ‘name’ text box and enter a new label.

3

Click ‘save’ at the bottom right of the utility screen.

Network Settings
Accessing your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G over a network is the easiest way to manage
multiple units. You can do this using Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup. By default, yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is configured to DHCP so it will automatically acquire a network
address, making it easy to immediately select it from the setup utility home screen.
If you are having trouble finding a Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G on your network, or you havepreviously set it to use a static address incompatible with your current network, you may needto change its network settings locally. You can do this via USB.

Allow Utility Administration
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup can be accessed when your audio monitor is connected via
the network or via USB. To prevent users having access via the network, select USB only.

Reset
Select ‘factory reset’ to restore your Audio Monitor 12G to factory settings.

Audio Monitor Setup

132110 Tab
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 includes a tab for configuring SMPTE 2110 IP streams alongwith settings for the PTP grandmaster.

2110 Receiver
If you are mapping audio sources only, tick the checkbox to show audio sources only.
To route the stream you want to receive click on the magnifying glass to the right of the receiverfield. This will open a window showing all available sources listed with the IP node and sourcelabel for the streams. Highlight a stream and click the select button. The window will close andthe stream label will appear in the receiver field. You should now see the incoming source on
the audio monitor LCD display.

PTP Clock Settings
The PTP settings let you configure the settings for the PTP grandmaster.

When connecting Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 to a 10G network switch with a PTP
grandmaster, the audio monitor needs to be set to follower mode to prevent a timing conflict.
If you have connected the audio monitor to another 2110 IP unit such as a Blackmagic 2110 IP
3x3G Converter, set one to be the follower by ticking the checkbox
Domain NumberEnter the domain number to match that of the PTP grandmaster. This is commonly 127 but canbe changed by entering a different domain number in the field.
Master
The master address field display the MAC address of the PTP grandmaster. This is either aseparate grandmaster device, or another Blackmagic 2110 IP unit.
PTP Lock
The PTP lock field will acknowledge when the audio monitor is locked to a PTP clock via
Ethernet.
Priority
Priority 1 and 2 settings let you set the preferred PTP grandmaster available when there is morethan one PTP grandmaster on the network. The lower the number suggests the higher priority.
Announce Interval and Timeout
The announce interval and timeout fields need to match the specifications of the PTP
grandmaster which transmits sync messages typically every two seconds or 2000 ms. Tochange the frequency of the message use the menu to select a different time. The ranges
available for announce interval and announce timeout will depend on your PTP grandmaster.
Audio Monitor Setup

14

Updating the Internal Software
1

Connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor to your computer via USB or Ethernet.

2

Open Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

3

Click the configuration icon and the utility will inform you if an update is required.

4

If an update is required, click the ‘update’ button and allow the software installation
to complete.

Click the Update button to apply theinternal software update.

A progress bar will show you the status of your update.

5

Click the ‘close’ button when the update is finished.

Audio Monitor Setup

15

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Developer Information

16

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Developer Information

17

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Developer Information18

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Developer Information

19

Help
Getting Help
The fastest way to obtain help is to go to the Blackmagic Design online support pages andcheck the latest support material available for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

Blackmagic Design Online Support Pages
The latest manual, software and support notes can be found at the Blackmagic Design support
center at www.blackmagicdesign.com/support.

Blackmagic Design ForumThe Blackmagic Design forum on our website is a helpful resource you can visit for more
information and creative ideas. This can also be a faster way of getting help as there may
already be answers you can find from other experienced users and Blackmagic Design staff
which will keep you moving forward. You can visit the forum at https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Contacting Blackmagic Design Support
If you can’t find the help you need in our support material or on the forum, please use the“Send us an email” button on the support page to email a support request. Alternatively,
click on the “Find your local support team” button on the support page and call your nearest
Blackmagic Design support office.

Checking the Software Version Currently Installed
To check which version of Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup is installed on your computer, open
the About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup window.
 On Mac OS, open Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup from the Applications folder.
Select About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup from the application menu to reveal
the version number.
 On Windows 10, open Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup from the Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup tile on your Start page. Click on the Help menu and select About Blackmagic Audio
Monitor Setup to reveal the version number.

How to Get the Latest Software Updates
After checking the version of Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup installed on your computer,please visit the Blackmagic Design support center at www.blackmagicdesign.com/support tocheck for the latest updates. While it is usually a good idea to run the latest updates, it is wise to
avoid updating any software if you are in the middle of an important project.

Help

20

Regulatory Notices
Disposal of Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment Within the European Union.
The symbol on the product indicates that this equipment must not be disposed ofwith other waste materials. In order to dispose of your waste equipment, it must be
handed over to a designated collection point for recycling. The separate collection
and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will help conserve
natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human healthand the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste
equipment for recycling, please contact your local city recycling office or the dealer
from whom you purchased the product.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated
in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this product ina residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at personal expense.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1

This device may not cause harmful interference.

2

This device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004
ISED Canada Statement
This device complies with Canadian standards for Class A digital apparatus.
Any modifications or use of this product outside its intended use could void
compliance to these standards.
Connection to HDMI interfaces must be made with high quality shielded
HDMI cables.
This equipment has been tested for compliance with the intended use in acommercial environment. If the equipment is used in a domestic environment,
it may cause radio interference.

Regulatory Notices

21

Safety Information
For protection against electric shock, the equipment must be connected to a mains socket
outlet with a protective earth connection. In case of doubt contact a qualified electrician.
To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not expose this equipment to dripping or splashing.
Product is suitable for use in tropical locations with an ambient temperature of up to 40oC.
Ensure that adequate ventilation is provided around the product and that it is not restricted.
When rack mounting, ensure that the ventilation is not restricted by adjacent equipment.
No operator serviceable parts inside product. Refer servicing to your local Blackmagic Design
service center.
Use only at altitudes not more than 2000m above sea level.
State of California statement
This product can expose you to chemicals such as trace amounts of polybrominated biphenyls
within plastic parts, which is known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.
For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Safety Information

22

Warranty
12 Month Limited Warranty
Blackmagic Design warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanshipfor a period of 12 months from the date of purchase. If a product proves to be defective during thiswarranty period, Blackmagic Design, at its option, either will repair the defective product withoutcharge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product.
In order to obtain service under this warranty, you the Customer, must notify Blackmagic Designof the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements forthe performance of service. The Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping thedefective product to a designated service center nominated by Blackmagic Design, with shipping
charges pre paid. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, insurance, duties,
taxes, and any other charges for products returned to us for any reason.
This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improperor inadequate maintenance and care. Blackmagic Design shall not be obligated to furnish
service under this warranty: a) to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other thanBlackmagic Design representatives to install, repair or service the product, b) to repair damage
resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment, c) to repair any damage or
malfunction caused by the use of non Blackmagic Design parts or supplies, or d) to service a productthat has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such a modification or
integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product. THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. BLACKMAGICDESIGN AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN’S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR
OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE WHOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO
THE CUSTOMER FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESIRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER BLACKMAGIC DESIGN OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICEOF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN IS NOT LIABLE FOR ANYILLEGAL USE OF EQUIPMENT BY CUSTOMER. BLACKMAGIC IS NOT LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGESRESULTING FROM USE OF THIS PRODUCT. USER OPERATES THIS PRODUCT AT OWN RISK.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. All rights reserved. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup Videohub’,‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ and ‘Leading the creative video revolution’ are registered trademarks in the
US and other countries. All other company and product names may be trade marks of their respective companies with which
they are associated.

Warranty

23

2024年7月

インストール/オペレーションマニュアル

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3

日本語

ようこそ
このたびはBlackmagic Audio Monitorをお買い求めいただき誠にありがとうございます。
最高品質のビデオ機器を誰もが利用できるようにすることで、テレビ業界を真にクリエイティブな業界にするという私たちの夢を、
ユーザーの皆様と共有できれば幸いです。

オーディオモニタリングは、放送、
ポストプロダクション、
ライブプロダクションなどの分野に関わらず、ビデオ制作ワークフローにとって欠かせません。Blackmagic Audio Monitorは、
コンパクトなラック
マウントデザインに、プロ仕様のオーディオモニターのすべての機能を搭載しています。事実上、すべてのタイプのオーディオ機器に接続して、高品質モニタリングを実現できます。
オリジナルのBlackmagic

Audio Monitorは6G -SDIに対応しており、30fpsまでのUltra HDビデオを接続できます。Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12Gは12G -SDIに対応しており、60fpsまでのUltra HDビデオを接続できます。
また、Level AおよびBの3G -SDIビデオ信号入力もサポートしています。Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G G3は、10Gイーサネットを使用し、SMPTE 2110 IPビデオを介して、12G -SDIまで対応できます。
このマニュアルには、Blackmagic Audio Monitorを使用する上で必要な情報がすべて記載されています。

弊社ウェブサイトwww.blackmagicdesign.com /jp のサポートページで、同マニュアルの最新バージョンを確認し、Blackmagic Audio Monitorのソフトウェアをアップデートしてください。
ソフトウェ

アをアップデートすることで、常に最新の機能をお使いいただけます。
ソフトウェアをダウンロードする際にユーザー登録をしていただければ、新しいソフトウェアのリリース時にお客様にお知らせいたします。私たちは、常に新機能の開発および製品の改善に努めていますので、ユーザーの皆様からご意見をいただければ幸いです。

Blackmagic Design CEO

グラント・ペティ

目次
はじめに

27

Audio（オーディオ）タブ33Blackmagic Audio Monitorについて

27

Setup（セットアップ）タブ

35

オーディオの接続

272110タブ

36

オーディオソースの選択

28

内部ソフトウェアのアップデート

37

ビデオ出力の接続 

2838Blackmagic Audio Monitorの使用

Developer Information 

29

LCD

29

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

38

オーディオレベル・メーター

30

ヘルプ

42

コントロールパネルボタン

30

規制に関する警告

43

Audio Monitor Setup

32

安全情報

44

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

32

保証

45

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

26

はじめに
Blackmagic Audio MonitorについてBlackmagic Audio Monitorおよび Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12Gは、 1Uラックサイズのリアルタイムオー
ディオモニタリング・ソリューションで、ライブ、ポストプロダクション、放送などの環境における様々なビデ
オ/オーディオソースで使用できます。

Blackmagic Audio Monitorは、 SD/ HD/ 3G/ 6G- SDI、デジタル AES/ EBU、アナログオーディオ機器への接続に対応しているため、正確なレベルでオーディオを出力できます。 12Gモデルは、 12G- SDIに対応しており、
60fpsまでの Ultra HDビデオを接続できます。 LEDレベルメーターの左右のチャンネルでオーディオのピー
クを確認でき、 LCDスクリーンには SDIビデオ入力に加え、入力信号の接続の種類、ビデオフォーマット、
フレームレート、オーディオチャンネル、ボリュームなどの重要な情報が表示されます。

16チャンネルまでのエンベッド SDIオーディオをモニタリングでき、 XLRコネクターはバランスアナログおよび AES/ EBUデジタルオーディオに使用できます。
Blackmagic Audio Monitorは、 2つの高品質フルレンジ・スピーカーおよび 2つのサブウーファーを内蔵しており、広域の周波数でクリアかつディープなサウンドを再生できます。さらにヘッドフォンを接続すれば、騒がしい環境でも正確なサウンドモニタリングが可能です！

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12Gのフロントパネル

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12Gのリアパネル

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3は、ネイティブの ST 2110ストリームの受信もサポートしており、これには圧縮 12G- SDIも含まれます。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3のフロントパネル

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3のリアパネル

オーディオの接続
Blackmagic Audio Monitorは、事実上すべての種類のオーディオ機器に対応しています。SD/ HD/ 2K/
Ultra HDの SDI信号は、標準 BNC端子を使用してSDI入力に接続できます。12Gモデルは、Level Aおよび Bの 3G- SDIビデオ信号入力にも対応しています。
XLRコネクターを使用すれば、ディスクレコーダーやデジタルオーディオ機器などからのデジタル AES/ EBU
オーディオのモニタリング、あるいはオーディオミキサーや Betacam SPデッキなどのアナログ機器のモニ

はじめに

27

タリングが可能です。ビデオデッキや DVDプレーヤーなど、民生用機器からのアナログオーディオは標準
RCAコネクターで接続できます。周囲の邪魔にならないように1人でモニタリングする場合は、1/ 4インチTRS
ヘッドフォンジャックを使用してヘッドフォンを接続できます。

PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

5

2

6

3

1

7

1. 10GイーサネットPoE+ 2. USB-C 3. HDMI 4K出力 4. 12G-SDI入力および12G-SDI出力
5. AES/EBU用XLR入力 6. アナログオーディオ用XLR入力 7. 民生用オーディオ接続用RCAステレオ入力

オーディオソースの選択
オーディオ機器をBlackmagic Audio Monitorに接続したら、後はコントロールパネル上の「 INPUT」ボタン
を押して、インターフェースを選択するだけです。接続した入力を選択し、オーディオが入力されると、オーディ
オレベル・メーターの LEDが点灯します。オーディオレベル・メーターは 2列のカラフルな LEDで構成されており、オーディオ入力が簡単に確認できるように明るく光ります。
「 INPUT」ボタンでオーディオ入力を選択し、LCDカラースクリーンで、入力信号、オーディオチャンネル、ボ
リュームなどの情報を確認できます。以上で、Blackmagic Audio Monitorでのオーディオモニタリングの準備は完了です。

ビデオ出力の接続
オーディオモニタリングだけでなく映像も必要な場合は、Blackmagic Audio Monitorのビデオ出力を使用
して、オーディオ付きビデ大型スクリーンでのモニタリングや、他のビデオ機器への接続が可能です。

HDMI出力および SDIループ出力は、ビデオやエンベデッドオーディオのモニタリングに使用できます。単一の SDIケーブルで、SD、HD、2K、さらには DeckLink 4K Extremeなどの Ultra HDキャプチャーデバイスに接続できます。エンベデッドオーディオ付きのビデオを、HyperDeck Studioなどの収録デッキにはSD/ HD- SDI
で、最新の Ultra HDディスプレイやプロジェクターには HDMIで接続できます。
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3は、ST 2110入力をHDMIおよび 12G- SDIにも変換できます。両出力は、
フロントパネルの入力ボタンで SDIまたは ST 2110のどちらが選択されているかにより変わります。
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

これらのボタンで、
モニタリングしたい入力の選択、
ステレオオーディオの左右チャンネルのソロ、
オーディオチャンネルの選択（ボタンを上下に動かす）、
スピーカー/ヘッドフォンのミュートが可能です。

はじめに

28

Blackmagic Audio Monitorの使用
Blackmagic Audio Monitorのコントロールパネルを使用して、重 要な機 能やステータスにすばやく

アクセスできます。

LCD
内蔵カラー LCDには、選択されている入力、ビデオフォーマット
（ SDIが接続されている場合）、選択されているオーディオチャンネル、スピーカー/ヘッドフォンのボリュームなど、大切な情報がテキストオーバー
レイで表示されます。また LCDには、入力されているあらゆる SDIビデオ信号が表示されます。 SDIビデ
オが検出されない場合は、
ミュージック（音符）アイコンが表示されます。
選択した入力に応じて、以下の情報が表示されます：

SDI入力
SDI、ビデオフォーマット、選択オーディオチャンネル

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

カラーLCDは入力信号、ビデオフォーマット、選択オーディオチャンネル、
ボリュームなど、オーディオ/ビデオの情報を表示します。

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

SDIまたはSMPTE 2110信号をモニタリングしていない場合は、
LCDに音符アイコンが表示されます。

10GイーサネットST 2110入力
SMPTE- 2110 IPビデオ。SMPTE- 2110- 30のオーディオサポートを含む。

バランスAES/EBU XLR入力
AES/ EBU、選択オーディオチャンネル

バランスXLRアナログ入力
アナログ、選択オーディオチャンネル

アンバランスRCAアナログ入力

HiFi、選択オーディオチャンネル

Blackmagic Audio Monitorの使用

29

オーディオレベル・メーター
Blackmagic Audio Monitorのレベルメーターは、2列のLED（緑、オレンジ、赤）でオーディオレベルを表示します。すべての LEDが光っている場合、オーディオレベルが高すぎるためクリッピングが発生します。
オーディオレベル・メーターの挙動は、Audio Monitor Setupユーティリティで選択されているメータータ
イプ設定によって異なります。VUメーターを使用している場合は、メーターのピーク値をコントロールパ
ネルの 0dBインジケーターに合わせてオーディオ機器の出力レベルを調整してください。
これによりS/ N
比が最大化され、最高品質のオーディオが保証されます。ピーク値が 0dBを超えると、ピークノイズが発生するリスクが高くなります。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupのインストールおよびレベルメータータイプの設定に関する詳細は、「 Audio Monitor Setup」セクションを参照してください。

コントロールパネルボタン
これらのボタンで左右のオーディオチャンネルを分離し、個別にモニタリングしてオーディオの問題などを確認できます。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

「SOLO LEFT」
を選択すると、右チャンネルのオーディオがオフになります。
オーディオレベルメー
ターは、左右両方のレベルを表示

1 「 SOLO LEFT」ボタンを押します。ボタンが緑に光り、左のスピーカーのみを通じてオーディオが再生されます。

2 「 SOLO LEFT」ボタンを再度押すと、ソロが解除され元に戻ります。
右チャンネルのオーディオをモニタリングするには、上記と同じ手順で、代わりに「 SOLO RIGHT」を押します。

チャンネルアップ/チャンネルダウン（CH▲/CH▼）
これらのボタンで SDIインターフェースのエンベデッドオーディオチャンネルを選択できます。3G- SDIの場
合、最大 16チャンネルあるいは 8ペアです。チャンネルアップ/チャンネルダウンボタンを押すと、エンベデッ
ドSDIオーディオチャンネルを上下に移動できます。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12Gは 12G- SDIをサポートしており、これには最大 64チャンネルあるいは 32
ペアのチャンネルが含まれます。上下の矢印ボタンを長押しすると、これらのチャンネルをすばやくスクロー
ルできます。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Blackmagic Audio Monitorの使用

30

入力（INPUT）「 INPUT」ボタンを繰り返し押すと、SDI、AES/ EBU、SMPTE 2110、アナログ、HiFi入力が順に切り替わり、モニタリングするビデオおよびオーディオ機器を選択できます。
選択したオーディオ入力は内蔵スピーカーで聞くことができ、また HDMI出力のチャンネル 1と2でもモニタリングできます。

メモ アナログ、AES/ EBU、HiFi入力が選択されている場合、HDMI出力はブラックビデオとして表示されます。SDIループ出力は、SDI入力に接続されているビデオおよびオーディオを常に出力します。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

ミュート
ミュートボタンは、Blackmagic Audio Monitorのコントロールパネルのスピーカーおよびヘッドフォンをミュートします。オーディオのミュートはスピーカーおよびヘッドフォンの出力のみに影響します。オーディ
オ入力に対する影響はありません。
ミュートボタンをもう一度押すと、コントロールパネルのスピーカー
およびヘッドフォンのオーディオが元に戻ります。または、ボリュームを上げてもオーディオが元に戻ります。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

ボリューム
ボリュームノブは、スピーカー/ヘッドフォンのボリュームを個別に調整します。ボリュームレベルは LCDス
クリーンに表示されます。ヘッドフォンを接続すると、Blackmagic Audio Monitorのスピーカーはミュートされ、ヘッドフォンからオーディオが出力されます。ボリュームノブを時計回り/反時計回りに回して、簡単にボリュームを調整できます。

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

ボリュームレベルがコントロールパネルのLCDに表示されます。

Blackmagic Audio Monitorの使用

31

Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupは、オーディオレベルメーターの種類の設定や、Blackmagic Audio
Monitorの内部ソフトウェアのアップデートに使用します。
オリジナルのBlackmagic Audio MonitorをUSBでコンピューターに接続している場合、Setupユーティリティを使用して、
コンフィギュレーション設定の変更や内部ソフトウェアのアップデートが行えます。Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12G G3では、ユニットのアップデートおよび設定の変更は、USBまたはイーサネットを介して実行できます。

Audio Monitor Setupをインストールする：

1

ウェブブラウザでwww.blackmagicdesign.com/jp/supportに行き、最新のBlackmagic Audio Monitor
ドライバーをダウンロードします。

2

ファイルのダウンロードが完了したら、「 Install Audio Monitor」
アイコンをダブルクリックして、インストー
ラーを起動します。画面の指示に従い、「 Install」を押してソフトウェアをインストールします。

3

ソフトウェアがインストールされたら、アプリケーションまたはプログラムフォルダーで「 Blackmagic
Audio Monitor」フォルダーへ行き、「 Audio Monitor Setup」をダブルクリックします。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupユーティリティを使用して、Blackmagic
Audio Monitorの内部ソフトウェアのアップデートおよびコンフィギュレーショ

ン設定の変更を実行。

Audio Monitor Setup

32

Audio（オーディオ）タブ「 Audio」タブをクリックすると、オーディオ遅延およびレベルモニタリングの設定が表示されます。

Audio Delay（オーディオ遅延）
スライダーを調整して、HDMIおよび SDIループ出力にオーディオ遅延を追加できます。遅延は、
フレームまたはミリ秒単位で調整可能です。

オーディオレベルメーター
メータータイプは VU、PPM、ラウドネスから、スケールタイプは EBUおよび BBCから選択できます。現在 VU
メーターが標準化されていますが、PPMおよびラウドネスメーターはスケーリングシステムや音量感の測定を行えます。以下の表は、サポートされているオーディオレベルメーターとそれぞれの測定スケールです。

メータータイプ

スケールタイプ

測定スケール

使用方法

VU

-

- 45 〜 + 3

ユニットに記載

PPM

EBU- 12 〜 + 12

ステッカーラベル

PPM

BBC

1〜 7

ステッカーラベルラウドネス

EBU + 9- 18 〜 + 9ステッカーラベルラウドネス

EBU + 18

- 36 〜 + 18

ステッカーラベル

ラウドネス

フルスケール + 9- 41 〜 - 14

ステッカーラベル

ラウドネス

フルスケール + 18

- 59 〜 - 5

ステッカーラベル

Audio Monitor Setup

33

VU
VUメーターは、オーディオ信号の短いピークおよびボトムの平均値を表示します。VUメーターは信号のピーク
値のモニタリングに使用されることが多いですが、信号の平均値を表示できるため、オーディオの聴感上の音量をモニタリングする際にも使用できます。

PPM
PPMメーターは、「ピークホールド」機能に対応しています。
この機能では、信号のピーク値の表示が保持されゆっくりと戻るため、オーディオのピーク値が簡単に確認できます。

ラウドネス
ラウドネスメーターは、オーディオ信号の主観的音量を表示します。今日の放送基準では、ラウドネス計測を行い、一定したオーディオラウドネスレベルを提供することが求められています。

VUおよび PPMメーターは、リファレンスレベルを- 18dBまたは- 20dBから選択できるため、様々な国際放送
基準に合わせたオーディオモニタリングが可能です。

Blackmagic Audio Monitorの LEDリファレンスの挙動は、選択されたメータータイプによって異なります。 Blackmagic Audio Monitorには、正確なリファレンススケールが表示されたステッカーラベルが同梱されており、
これらを使用してオーディオのピーク値を簡単に確認できます。ラベルを使用するには、ラベルをはがし、カラー LEDメーターの間の VUスケールマークに重ねて貼り付けます。

オーディオレベルメーターの各タイプおよび測定スケールごとに2枚ずつのラベルがあります。また、ステッカーラベルは Blackmagicサポートオフィスからでも入手可能です。

同梱のステッカーラベルを使用して、オーディオのピーク値を各メータータイプで正確に確認できます。

Audio Monitor Setup

34

Setup（セットアップ）タブ「 Setup」タブでは、
ソフトウェアのバージョン番号が確認でき、Blackmagic Audio Monitorのネットワーク
設定が行えます。また、ユニット名のラベルをカスタマイズすることも可能です。ユニット名をつけると、リモー
ト接続の際に簡単に見つけられます。
「 Setup」タブには、Audio Monitorのネットワーク設定も含まれます。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12Gにユニット名をつける：

1 「 Setup」タブをクリックします。
2 「 Name」テキストボックスをクリックして、新しい名前を入力します。
3

右下の「 Save」をクリックします。

Network（ネットワーク）設定
ネットワークを介してBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12Gにアクセスすることは、複数のユニットを管理する最も簡単な方法です。
これには、Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupを使用します。Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12Gは、デフォルトでDHCPに設定されており、自動的にネットワークアドレスを取得するため、Setupユーテ
ィリティのホームスクリーンですぐに選択できます。

Allow utility administration（ユーティリティ管理を可能にする）
ネットワークまたは USBを介してAudio Monitorを接続することで、Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupにアクセスできます。ネットワークを介してユーザーがアクセスできないようにするには、「 via USB（ USBを介して）」を選択します。

Reset（リセット）「 Factory Reset（工場出荷時設定にリセット）」をタップすると、Audio Monitor 12Gが出荷時の設定に戻ります。

Audio Monitor Setup35

2110タブBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3には、SMPTE 2110 IPストリームおよび PTPグランドマスターの設定を行うタブがあります。

2110 Receiver（レシーバー）
オーディオソースのみをマッピングしている場合、「 Show Audio Sources Only（ オーディオソースのみを表示）」チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。
受信したいストリームをルーティングするには、「 Receiver」
フィールドの右にある虫めがねアイコンをクリックします。使用可能なソースすべてが記載されたリストのウィンドウが開き、ストリームの IPノードとソースラベルが確認できます。ストリームをハイライトして、「 Select」ボタンをクリックします。ウィンドウが閉じ、ストリームのラベルが「 Receiver」
フィールドに表示されます。Audio Monitorの LCDディスプレイに入力ソースが表示されます。

PTP Clock Settings（PTPクロック設定）
この設定では、PTPグランドマスターの設定を調整できます。

PTPグランドマスターに接続した10GネットワークスイッチにBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3を接続する際、タイミングの競合を防ぐためにAudio Monitorはフォロワーモードに設定されている必要があります。Audio MonitorをBlackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G Converterなどの他の ST 2110 IPユニットに接続している
場合、「 PTP Follower Only（ PTPフォロワーのみ）」チェックボックスにチェックを入れて、フォロワーに設定します。

Domain Number（ドメイン番号）
PTPグランドマスターに一致するドメイン番号を入力します。これは一般的に「 127」ですが、「 Domain Number」のフィールドに別のドメイン番号を入力することで変更できます。

Master（マスター）
マスターアドレスのフィールドには、PTPグランドマスターの MACアドレスが表示されます。
これは、個別のグランドマスター・デバイス、あるいは他の Blackmagic 2110 IPユニットです。

PTP Lock（PTPロック）
このフィールドは、Audio Monitorがイーサネットを介してPTPクロックにロックされているかどうかを表示します。

Audio Monitor Setup

36

Priority（プライオリティ）「 Priority 1」と「 Priority 2」設定では、ネットワーク上に複数の PTPグランドマスターがある場合、優先する
PTPグランドマスターを設定できます。数字が小さいほど、優先順位が高くなります。

Announce Interval（アナウンス間隔）とAnnounce Timeout（アナウンスタイムアウト）「 Announce Interval」と「 Announce Timeout」のフィールドは、PTPグランドマスターの仕様と一致する必要があります。
これは、同期メッセージを通常 2秒（ 2000 ms）
ごとに送信します。メッセージの周期を変更
するには、メニューで別のオプションを選択します。アナウンス間隔とアナウンスタイムアウトで選択できる
範囲は、使用しているPTPグランドマスターにより異なります。

内部ソフトウェアのアップデート
1Blackmagic Audio MonitorをUSBまたはイーサネットでコンピューターに接続します。

2Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupを開きます。

3

コンフィギュレーションアイコンをクリックします。
アップデートが必要であるかどうかが表示されます。

4

アップデートが必要な場合は、「 Update」ボタンをクリックしてソフトウェアのインストールを完了させます。

「Update」
ボタンをクリックして内蔵ソフトウェアをアップデー
トします。

プログレスバーにアップデートの進行状況が表示されます。

5

アップデートが完了したら「 Close」ボタンをクリックします。

Audio Monitor Setup

37

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Audio Monitor Setup

38

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Audio Monitor Setup

39This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Audio Monitor Setup

40

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Audio Monitor Setup

41

ヘルプ
ヘルプライン
すぐに情報が欲しいかたは、 Blackmagic Designオンラインサポートページで、 Blackmagic Audio Monitorの最新サポート情報を確認できます。

Blackmagic Design オンラインサポートページ
最新のマニュアル、ソフトウェア、サポートノートは、 www. blackmagicdesign. com/ jp/ supportの Blackmagic
サポートセンターで確認できます。

Blackmagic Designフォーラム
弊社ウェブサイトの Blackmagic Designフォーラムは、様々な情報やクリエイティブなアイデアを共有できる有益なリソースです。経験豊富なユーザーや Blackmagic Designスタッフによって、すでに多くの問題の解決策が公開されていますので、このフォーラムを参考にすることで、現在の問題をすばやく解決できることがあります。ぜひご利用ください。 Blackmagicフォーラムには、 http:// forum. blackmagicdesign. com
からアクセスできます。

Blackmagic Designサポートに連絡する
サポートページやフォーラムで必要な情報を得られなかった場合は、サポートページの「メールを送信」
ボタンを使用して、サポートのリクエストをメール送信してください。るいは、サポートページの「お住まいの地域のサポートオフィス」をクリックして、お住まいの地域の Blackmagic Designサポートオフィスに電話でお問い合わせください。

現在インストールされているソフトウェアのバージョンを確認
コンピューターにインストールされている Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupのバージョンを確認するには、「 About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup」ウィンドウを開きます。
 macOSでは、
アプリケーションフォルダーから「 Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup」を開きます。
メニューで「 About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup」を選択し、バージョン番号を確認します。
 Windows 10では、スタートページの「 Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup」
タイルから「 Blackmagic Audio
Monitor Setup」を開きます。ヘルプメニューで「 About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup」を選択し、バージョン番号を確認してください。

最新のソフトウェアアップデートを入手する
コンピューターにインストールされている Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupのバージョンを確認したら、Blackmagicサポートセンター（ www. blackmagicdesign. com/ jp/ support）で最新のソフトウェアアップ
デートをチェックしてください。常に最新のソフトウェアを使用することを推奨しますが、重要なプロジェク
トの実行中は、
ソフトウェアのアップデートは行わない方がよいでしょう。

ヘルプ

42

規制に関する警告
欧州連合内での電気機器および電子機器の廃棄処分
製品に記載されている記号は、当該の機器を他の廃棄物と共に処分してはならないことを示しています。機器を廃棄するには、必ずリサイクルのために指定の回収場所に引き渡してください。機
器の廃棄において個別回収とリサイクルが行われることで、天然資源の保護につながり、健康と環境を守る方法でリサイクルが確実に行われるようになります。廃棄する機器のリサイクルのための回収場所に関しては、お住まいの地方自治体のリサイクル部門、または製品を購入した販売業者にご連絡ください。
この機器は、FCC規定の第 15部に準拠し、クラスAデジタル機器の制限に適合していることが確認されています。
これらの制限は、商用環境で機器を使用している場合に有害な干渉に対する妥
当な保護を提供するためのものです。
この機器は無線周波エネルギーを生成、使用、放出する可能性があります。また、指示に従ってインストールおよび使用しない場合、無線通信に有害な干渉を引き起こす恐れがあります。住宅地域で当製品を使用すると有害な干渉を引き起こす可能性があり、その場合はユーザーが自己責任で干渉に対処する必要があります。
動作は次の 2つを条件とします：

1

本機は、有害な干渉を起こさない。

2

本機は希望しない動作を発生しかねない干渉を含む、いかなる受信干渉も受け入れる必要がある。

MSIP- REM- BMD- AudioMonitor
R- R- BMD- 201812001
R- R- BMD- 20240212004

ISED Canadaステートメント
本機は、カナダのクラスAデジタル機器の規格に準拠しています。
本機のいかなる改造、あるいは目的の用途以外での使用は、これらの規格への順守を無効にすることがあります。

HDMIインターフェースへの接続は、必ず高品質のシールドHDMIケーブルを使用する必要があります。
本機は、商用環境で目的の用途に順守した使用においてテストを行なっています。非商業環
境で使用された場合、無線妨害を引き起こす可能性があります。

規制に関する警告43

安全情報
感電を避けるため、当製品は必ずアース端子付きコンセントに接続してください。不確かな場合は、資格を持つ電気技師に連絡してください。
感電のリスクを減らすため、水が跳ねたり、滴るような場所には置かないでください。
この製品は、周囲温度が最高 40度までの熱帯地区での使用に対応しています。
通気が妨げられないように、
この製品の周囲は通気に十分なスペースを開けるようにしてください。
ラックマウントする場合は、隣接する機器により通気が妨げられないようにしてください。
この 製 品 の 内 部 には 、ユー ザ ー が 保 守 できる 部 品 はありません 。サ ー ビスに 関しては 、お 近くのBlackmagic Designのサービスセンターにお問い合わせください。
海抜 2000m以上では使用しないでください。

カリフォルニア州ステートメント
この製品のユーザーは、プラスチック部品内の微量の多臭素化ビフェニルなどの化学物質にさらされる可能性があります。カリフォルニア州は、多臭素化ビフェニルは発がん性があり、先天異常や生殖機能へ危害を及ぼす物質であると認識しています。
詳細は、以下のウェブサイトをご確認ください。 www. P65Warnings. ca. gov

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B. V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2. 17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

安全情報

44

保証
12ヶ月限定保証Blackmagic Designは、お買い上げの日から 12ヶ月間、本製品の部品および仕上がりについて瑕疵がない
ことを保証します。
この保証期間内に製品に瑕疵が見つかった場合、 Blackmagic Designは弊社の裁量において部品代および人件費無料で該当製品の修理、あるいは製品の交換のいずれかで対応いたします。

この保証に基づいたサービスを受ける際、お客様は必ず保証期限終了前に Blackmagic Designに瑕疵を通知し、適応する保証サービスの手続きを行ってください。お客様の責任において不良品を梱包し、Blackmagic Designが指定するサポートセンターへ配送料前払で送付いただきますようお願い致します。
理由の如何を問わず、 Blackmagic Designへの製品返送のための配送料、保険、関税、税金、その他すべての費用はお客様の自己負担となります。
不適切な使用、または不十分なメンテナンスや取扱いによる不具合、故障、損傷に対しては、
この保証は適用されません。 Blackmagic Designはこの保証で、以下に関してサービス提供義務を負わないものとします。
a）製品のインストールや修理、サービスを行う Blackmagic Design販売代理人以外の者によって生じた損
傷の修理、 b）不適切な使用や互換性のない機器への接続によって生じた損傷の修理、 c） Blackmagic
Designの部品や供給品ではない物を使用して生じたすべての損傷や故障の修理、 d）改造や他製品との統合により時間増加や製品の機能低下が生じた場合のサービス。
この保証は Blackmagic Designが保証するもので、明示または黙示を問わず他の保証すべてに代わるものです。 Blackmagic Designとその販売社は、商品性と特定目的に対する適合性のあらゆる黙示保証を拒否します。 Blackmagic Designの不良品の修理あるいは交換の責任が、特別に、間接的、偶発的、または結果的に生じる損害に対して、
Blackmagic Designあるいは販売社がそのような損害の可能性についての事前通知を得ているか否かに関わらず、お客様に提供される完全唯一の救済手段となります。 Blackmagic Designはお客様による機器のあらゆる不法使用に対して責任を負いません。 Blackmagic Designは本製品の使用により生じる
あらゆる損害に対して責任を負いません。使用者は自己の責任において本製品を使用するものとします。
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design 著作権所有、無断複写・転載を禁じます。
「 Blackmagic Design」、「 DeckLink」、「HDLink」、「Workgroup Videohub」、「Multibridge Pro」、「Multibridge Extreme」、「Intensity」、「Leading the creative
video revolution」
は、米国ならびにその他諸国での登録商標です。
その他の企業名ならびに製品名全てはそれぞれ関連する会社の登録商標である可能性があります。

保証45

Juillet 2024

Manuel d’installation et d’utilisation

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3FrançaisBienvenue
Nous vous remercions d’avoir fait l’acquisition du Blackmagic Audio Monitor pour répondre à
vos besoins de production.
Nous espérons que vous partagez le même rêve que nous, faire de l’industrie audiovisuelle unlieu créatif où chacun a accès à des équipements vidéo de grande qualité.
Le monitoring audio est essentiel à la production broadcast, à la postproduction ou à laproduction en direct. Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor offre toutes les fonctionnalités d’un outil
de monitoring audio professionnel dans un format compact et montable sur rack. Vous pouvez
désormais connecter tous les appareils audio de votre choix pour effectuer un monitoring dequalité. Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor original prend en charge le 6G-SDI pour connecter dela vidéo Ultra HD jusqu’à 30 images par seconde. Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G prend en
charge le 12G-SDI pour connecter de la vidéo Ultra HD jusqu’à 60 images par seconde. Il prendégalement en charge les signaux vidéo 3G-SDI de niveau A et B. En outre, le Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G G3 supporte jusqu’à 12G-SDI via la vidéo IP SMPTE 2110 à l’aide d’Ethernet 10G.
Ce manuel d’utilisation comprend toutes les informations dont vous avez besoin pour utiliser
votre Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Consultez notre page d’assistance sur www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support pour obtenir
la dernière version de ce manuel et les mises à jour du logiciel Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup. Nous vous recommandons de mettre le logiciel interne à jour régulièrement afin detravailler avec les fonctions les plus récentes. N’oubliez pas d’enregistrer vos coordonnées
lorsque vous téléchargerez le logiciel afin d’être informé des dernières mises à jour. Noussouhaitons continuellement améliorer nos produits, n’hésitez donc pas à nous faire part de voscommentaires !

Grant Petty
PDG de Blackmagic DesignSommaire
Mise en route

49

Onglet Audio

55Blackmagic Audio Monitor

49

Onglet Setup

57

Brancher l’audio

49

Onglet 2110

58

Sélection de la source audio

50Connexion des sorties vidéo

50Mise à jour du logiciel interne

59

Developer Information 

60

Utilisation du Blackmagic Audio Monitor 51
Écran LCD51

Indicateurs de niveaux audio

52

Boutons du panneau de contrôle

52

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

54

Utilitaire Blackmagic Audio
Monitor Setup

54Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

60

Assistance

64

Avertissements

65

Informations de sécurité

66

Garantie

67

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

48

Mise en route
Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor et le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sont des solutions de monitoringaudio en temps réel d’une unité de rack. Ils fonctionnent avec de nombreuses sources vidéo etaudio pour les travaux de production broadcast en direct et de postproduction.
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor se connecte à des équipements audio SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI,
numériques AES/EBU et analogiques pour garantir des sorties ayant le niveau audio approprié. Le
modèle 12G prend en charge le 12G-SDI pour connecter de la vidéo Ultra HD jusqu’à 60 images par
seconde. Les indicateurs de niveaux à LED des canaux gauche et droit vous permettent devisualiser à quel niveau votre audio est écrêté. L’écran LCD intégré affiche le signal vidéo SDI ainsi
que des informations importantes telles que le type d’entrée, le format vidéo, la fréquenced’images, les canaux audio et le niveau sonore.
Vous pouvez contrôler jusqu’à 16 canaux d’audio SDI intégré ou utiliser les connecteurs XLR pourl’audio analogique symétrique et l’audio numérique AES/EBU. Les connecteurs RCA permettent dele relier à des appareils grand public, tels que les systèmes HiFi et les iPod.
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor intègre deux haut-parleurs à large bande internes de grande qualité
et deux subwoofers qui permettent de reproduire parfaitement les fréquences graves. Vous pouvezégalement connecter un casque pour effectuer du monitoring dans des environnements bruyants.

Face avant du Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Face arrière du Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Les modèles Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 peuvent également recevoir des flux 2110 natifs,
dont le 12G-SDI compressé.

Face avant du Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Face arrière du Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Brancher l’audio
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor prend en charge pratiquement tous les équipements audio. Si voussouhaitez connecter des signaux SDI en SD, HD, 2K ou Ultra HD, branchez l’entrée SDI avec unconnecteur BNC standard. Le modèle 12G prend en charge les entrées vidéo 3G-SDI deniveau A et B.
Pour le monitoring de l’audio numérique AES/EBU sur des enregistreurs à disque et des consoles
audio numériques ou analogiques, tels que les mixeurs audio et les lecteurs Betacam SP, utilisez
Mise en route49

les connecteurs XLR. Les connecteurs RCA standard permettent de relier l’audio analogique à deséquipements grand public, tels que les magnétoscopes et les lecteurs DVD. Vous pouvezégalement brancher un casque grâce au jack TRS 1/4” pour un monitoring plus discret.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

6

5

3

1

7

1. Ethernet 10G 2. USB-C 3. Sortie HDMI 4K 4. Entrée 12G-SDI et sortie 12G-SDI
5. Entrée XLR pour AES/EBU 6. Entrée XLR pour audio analogique
7. Entrée RCA stéréo pour les connexions audio grand public

Sélection de la source audio
Après avoir branché votre équipement audio au Blackmagic Audio Monitor, il vous suffit desélectionner la connexion désirée en appuyant sur le bouton INPUT situé sur le panneau decontrôle. Lorsque votre entrée est sélectionnée et qu’un signal audio est présent, vous
remarquerez que les LED des indicateurs de niveaux s’allument. Ils comportent deux rangées de
LED de couleur qui s’allument pour confirmer que l’entrée audio fonctionne.
Le bouton INPUT vous permet de faire défiler les connexions audio et de les visualiser sur l’écran
LCD avec d’autres informations, notamment le type d’entrée, les canaux audio et le niveau sonore.
C’est tout ce que vous devez savoir pour contrôler l’audio avec le Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

Connexion des sorties vidéo
Si vous souhaitez contrôler la vidéo et l’audio, les sorties vidéo du Blackmagic Audio Monitor vous
permettent de contrôler ces deux signaux sur un grand écran. Vous pouvez également simplement
le connecter à d’autres appareils vidéo.
Les sorties HDMI et SDI en boucle peuvent être utilisées pour le monitoring de la vidéo et del’audio intégré.
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 peut également convertir les entrées ST2110 en HDMI et
12G-SDI, car les deux sorties suivront les entrées SDI ou 2110 en fonction de celle qui est
sélectionnée via le bouton INPUT du panneau avant.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Les boutons de sélection permettent de choisir l’entrée que vous souhaitez contrôler, d’isoler les canauxgauche et droit, de faire défiler les canaux audio et de couper le son des haut-parleurs ou du casque.

Mise en route50

Utilisation du Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Le panneau de contrôle du Blackmagic Audio Monitor offre un accès rapide aux fonctionnalités
essentielles et à l’état de l’appareil.

Écran LCD
L’écran en couleur intégré affiche les informations à l’écran, notamment, l’entrée sélectionnée, leformat vidéo si un signal SDI est connecté, les canaux audio sélectionnés et le niveau sonore deshaut-parleurs et du casque. De plus, il affiche les signaux vidéo SDI entrants. Si aucune vidéo SDI
n’est détectée, une note de musique s’affiche à l’écran.
Les informations suivantes sont affichées pour chaque entrée :Entrée SDI
SDI, le format vidéo et les canaux audio sélectionnés.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

L’écran affiche les informations audio et vidéo,
notamment le type de connexion, le format vidéo, lescanaux audio sélectionnés et le niveau sonore.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Une note de musique s’affiche sur l’écran LCD, sauf
si vous contrôlez un signal SDI ou SMPTE 2110

Entrée 2110 Ethernet 10G
Prise en charge de la vidéo IP SMPTE-2110 dont l’audio SMPTE-2110-30.

Entrée symétrique AES/EBU XLR
AES/EBU et les canaux audio sélectionnés.

Entrées analogiques symétriques XLR
Analogique et les canaux audio sélectionnés.

Entrées analogiques asymétriques RCA
HiFi et les canaux audio sélectionnés.

Utilisation du Blackmagic Audio Monitor

51

Indicateurs de niveaux audio
Les indicateurs de niveaux du Blackmagic Audio Monitor comportent deux bandes de LED vert,
orange et rouge qui indiquent le niveau audio. Si tous les voyants sont allumés, les niveaux audio
sont trop élevés et sont écrêtés.
Le comportement des vumètres change en fonction du type d’indicateur sélectionné dans lesparamètres de l’utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup. Si vous utilisez le vumètre, réglez les niveaux desortie de l’appareil audio de telle sorte que l’audio soit écrêté au delà de 0dB. Le curseur peut êtreréglé sur le panneau de contrôle. Cela maximise le rapport signal/bruit et vous permet d’obtenir unson de qualité optimale. Si votre audio dépasse le curseur placé à 0dB, il y a de fortes chances
pour que votre son soit distordu.
Veuillez consulter la section « Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup » de ce manuel pour obtenir desinformations concernant l’installation du logiciel Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup et la configuration
des types d’indicateurs audio.

Boutons du panneau de contrôle
Solo Left et Solo Right
Ces boutons vous permettent d’isoler les canaux audio gauche et droit pour écouterindépendamment les canaux.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Sélectionner le bouton Solo left désactive le canal audio droit. L’indicateurde niveau audio continuera à afficher les deux niveaux

Pour écouter le canal audio gauche :1

Appuyez sur le bouton Solo left. Le bouton s’allume en vert, ce qui indique que l’audio n’est lu
que sur le haut-parleur gauche.

2

Appuyez à nouveau sur Solo left pour revenir au monitoring stéréo de l’audio.

Pour vérifier l’audio du canal droit, répétez ces étapes en appuyant sur Solo right.

Canal vers le haut et canal vers le bas
Ces boutons permettent de faire défiler les canaux audio intégrés sur la connexion SDI. Pour le
3G-SDI, cela comprend jusqu’à 16 canaux, ou 8 paires de canaux. Appuyez sur le bouton flèche
vers le haut ou vers le bas pour faire défiler les canaux audio SDI intégrés.
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G supporte le 12G-SDI, qui comprend jusqu’à 64 canaux audio, ou
32 paires de canaux. Maintenez les boutons flèche vers le haut ou vers le bas appuyés pour faire
rapidement défiler les canaux.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Utilisation du Blackmagic Audio Monitor

52

InputAppuyez à plusieurs reprises sur le bouton INPUT pour faire défiler les entrées SDI, AES/EBU,
SMPTE 2110, analogiques et HiFi, et ainsi choisir l’équipement vidéo et audio que vous souhaitez
contrôler.
Il est possible d’écouter l’entrée audio sélectionnée via les haut-parleurs intégrés et de faire dumonitoring audio sur les canaux 1 et 2 de la sortie HDMI.

REMARQUE La sortie HDMI affiche un signal noir lorsque les entrées analogiques, AES/
EBU ou HiFi sont sélectionnées. La sortie SDI en boucle achemine toujours la vidéo etl’audio connectés à l’entrée SDI.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Couper le son
Ce bouton coupe le son des haut-parleurs et du casque. L’audio entrant ne sera pas affecté, seul leson provenant de la sortie haut-parleur et casque sera coupé. Appuyez de nouveau sur ce bouton
pour réactiver l’audio sur la sortie haut-parleur et casque. Vous pouvez également restaurer l’audio
en augmentant le volume.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

VolumeLa molette permet de régler indépendamment le volume des haut-parleurs et du casque. Le niveau
sonore est affiché sur l’écran LCD. Lorsqu’un casque est connecté, le son des haut-parleurs duBlackmagic Audio Monitor est coupé et l’audio est acheminé sur le casque. Le niveau sonore peutfacilement être réglé en tournant la molette.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Le niveau sonore est affiché sur l’écran LCD.

Utilisation du Blackmagic Audio Monitor

53

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup
Utilitaire Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
Cet utilitaire vous permet de choisir le type d’indicateur de niveau audio désiré et de mettre à jour
le logiciel interne de votre Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Lorsque le Blackmagic Audio Monitor original est connecté à un ordinateur via USB, vous pouvez
modifier les paramètres de configuration et mettre à jour le logiciel interne à l’aide de l’utilitaire. Sur
le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3, vous pouvez également mettre à jour l’appareil et modifier lesparamètres via USB ou Ethernet.
Pour installer l’Audio Monitor Setup :1

Depuis un navigateur web, allez sur www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support, puis téléchargez lesderniers pilotes Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

2

Une fois le fichier téléchargé, double-cliquez sur l’icône Install Audio Monitor pour exécuter leprogramme d’installation. Suivez les indications jusqu’à la fin, puis appuyez sur Install pourinstaller le logiciel.

3

Une fois le logiciel installé, naviguez vers le dossier Blackmagic Audio Monitor dans votre
dossier d’applications ou de programmes, puis double-cliquez sur Audio Monitor Setup.

Mettez à jour le logiciel interne de votre Blackmagic Audio
Monitor et modifiez les paramètres de configuration à l’aide
de l’utilitaire Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

54

Onglet Audio
Cliquez sur l’onglet Audio pour afficher les paramètres Audio Delay et Audio Level Meters.

Audio Delay
Ajoutez un décalage audio aux sorties en boucle SDI et HDMI en ajustant le curseur. Vous pouvez
ajuster le décalage en images ou en millisecondes.

Audio Level Meters
Vous pouvez choisir entre plusieurs types d’indicateurs tels que VU-mètre, PPM ou Loudness etdes échelles de mesure telles que EBU et BBC. Tandis que le vumètre s’est standardisé, le PPM etle Loudness fournissent des systèmes de mesure différents. Le tableau suivant présente lesindicateurs de niveaux audio et les échelles de mesure pris en charge.
Indicateurs de niveaux audio

ÉchellesÉchelles de mesure

Utilisation

VU–-45 à +3

Imprimé sur l'appareil

PPM

EBU

-12 à +12

Autocollant

PPM

BBC

1à7

Autocollant

Loudness

EBU +9-18 à +9

Autocollant

Loudness

EBU +18-36 à +18

Autocollant

Loudness

Full Scale +9-41 à -14

Autocollant

Loudness

Full Scale +18-59 à -5

Autocollant

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

55

VU
Cet indicateur affiche une moyenne des crêtes et des creux de votre signal audio. Le vumètre est
en général utilisé pour contrôler les crêtes d’un signal, toutefois, comme il donne une valeur
moyenne des niveaux, il peut également être utilisé pour contrôler l’impression de niveau ressentie
par l’auditeur.

PPM
Ce crêtemètre comprend une fonction qui maintient momentanément les crêtes du signal et qui les
fait redescendre lentement. Cela permet de visualiser aisément à quel niveau votre audio
est écrêté.

Loudness
Cet indicateur affiche la qualité subjective du niveau sonore de votre signal audio. Les normes dediffusion actuelles incluent cet indicateur afin d’offrir des niveaux d’intensité sonore stables.
Le vumètre et le PPM intègrent un niveau de référence sélectionnable de -18dB ou de -20dB poureffectuer un monitoring audio en fonction des différentes normes de diffusion internationales.
Le comportement des LED du Blackmagic Audio Monitor change en fonction du type d’indicateurde niveau choisi. Des autocollants représentant avec précision les différentes échelles de dB sontfournis avec votre Blackmagic Audio Monitor pour vous permettre d’identifier aisément à quel
niveau votre audio est écrêté. Il vous suffit de choisir et de coller l’autocollant de votre choix entre
les indicateurs LED de couleur, afin de cacher l’échelle VU.
Vous trouverez deux autocollants pour chaque type d’indicateur de niveau audio et échelle demesure. Vous pouvez également vous procurer des autocollants auprès du centre de support
technique Blackmagic Design de votre région.

Grâce aux autocollants, vous pouvez identifier avec
précision à quel niveau votre audio est écrêté pour
tous les types d’indicateurs de niveaux audio.

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

56

Onglet Setup
L’onglet Setup affiche le numéro de version du logiciel et contient les paramètres réseau de votre
Blackmagic Audio Monitor. Il est aussi possible de personnaliser le nom de votre appareil. Nommer
l’appareil vous aide à le localiser rapidement lorsqu’il est connecté à distance. L’onglet Setup
contient également les paramètres réseau de l’Audio Monitor.
Pour nommer le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G :1Cliquez sur l’onglet Setup.

2

Cliquez dans la zone de texte Name et saisissez un nouveau libellé.

3

Cliquez sur Save en bas à droite de la fenêtre de l’utilitaire.

NetworkAccéder au Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G en réseau facilite la gestion de plusieurs appareils. Il est
possible de configurer les appareils en réseau à l’aide du Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup. Par
défaut, le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G est réglé sur DHCP pour détecter automatiquement une
adresse réseau, ce qui permet de choisir rapidement votre appareil depuis l’écran d’accueil
du logiciel.

Allow Utility Administration
Vous pouvez accéder au Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup lorsque votre moniteur audio est
connecté via le réseau ou USB. Pour éviter que des utilisateurs y aient accès via le réseau,
sélectionnez uniquement USB.

Reset
Appuyez sur Factory Reset pour restaurer votre Audio Monitor sur les paramètres d’usine.

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

57

Onglet 2110
Le Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 comprend un onglet pour configurer les flux IP SMPTE 2110
ainsi que des paramètres pour le grandmaster PTP.

2110 Receiver
Si vous mappez uniquement des sources audio, cochez la case Show Audio Sources Only.
Pour router le flux que vous souhaitez recevoir, cliquez sur la loupe à droite du champ du récepteur.
Une fenêtre affichera alors toutes les sources disponibles, ainsi que le nœud IP et le libellé de lasource pour les flux. Choisissez un flux et cliquez sur le bouton de sélection. La fenêtre se fermera
et le libellé du flux apparaîtra dans le champ du récepteur. Vous devriez désormais voir la source
entrante sur l’écran LCD du moniteur audio.

PTP Clock Settings
Les paramètres PTP vous permettent de configurer les paramètres du PTP grandmaster.

Lors de la connexion du Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 à un commutateur réseau 10G avec un
grandmaster PTP, le moniteur audio doit être configuré en mode suiveur pour éviter un conflit desynchronisation. Si vous avez connecté le moniteur audio à un autre appareil IP 2110, tel qu’unBlackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G Converter, réglez-en un en mode suiveur en cochant la case PTP
Follower Only.

Domain number
Saisissez le numéro de domaine correspondant à celui du PTP grandmaster. Il s’agit généralement
du numéro 127, mais il peut être modifié en entrant un autre numéro de domaine dans le champ.

MasterLe champ de l’adresse Master affiche l’adresse MAC du PTP grandmaster. Il s’agit soit d’un dispositif
grandmaster séparé, soit d’un autre appareil Blackmagic IP 2110.

PTP ClockLe champ de verrouillage PTP reconnaîtra lorsque le moniteur audio est verrouillé à une horloge
PTP via Ethernet.

Priority
Les paramètres de priorité 1 et 2 vous permettent de définir le PTP grandmaster préféré disponible
lorsqu’il y a plus d’un PTP grandmaster sur le réseau. Plus le chiffre est bas, plus la priorité est élevée.

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

58

Announce Interval and Timeout
Les champs Announce Interval and Timeout doivent correspondre aux spécifications du PTP
grandmaster qui transmet des messages de synchronisation généralement toutes les deux
secondes ou toutes les 2000 ms. Pour changer la fréquence du message, utilisez le menu poursélectionner une option différente. Les plages disponibles de ces paramètres dépendent de votre
PTP grandmaster.

Mise à jour du logiciel interne
1Connectez votre Blackmagic Audio Monitor au port USB de votre ordinateur ou à Ethernet.

2

Ouvrez le Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

3

Cliquez sur l’icône de configuration. L’utilitaire vous indiquera si une mise à jour est requise.

4

Si une mise à jour est requise, cliquez sur le bouton Update et attendez que l’installation dulogiciel soit terminée.

Cliquez sur le bouton Update pourmettre à jour le logiciel interne.

Une barre de progression affiche l’état de la mise à jour.

5Cliquez sur le bouton Close lorsque la mise à jour est terminée.

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

59

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

60

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

61

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

62

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Utilitaire Audio Monitor Setup

63

AssistanceObtenir de l’aide
Le moyen le plus rapide d’obtenir de l’aide est de consulter les pages d’assistance en ligne deBlackmagic Design et de consulter les informations les plus récentes concernant le Blackmagic
Audio Monitor.

Pages d’assistance en ligne de Blackmagic Design
Les dernières versions du manuel, du logiciel et des notes d’assistance peuvent être consultées surla page d’assistance technique de Blackmagic Design : www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support.

Forum Blackmagic Design
Le forum Blackmagic Design est une source d’information utile qui offre des idées innovantes pourvos productions. Cette plate-forme d’aide vous permettra également d’obtenir des réponses
rapides à vos questions, car un grand nombre de sujets peuvent avoir déjà été abordés pard’autres utilisateurs. Pour vous rendre sur le forum : http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com/

Contacter le service d’assistance de Blackmagic Design
Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver l’aide dont vous avez besoin dans les pages d’assistance ou surnotre forum, veuillez utiliser l’option « Envoyez-nous un email », accessible sur la page d’assistancepour envoyer une demande d’aide par email. Vous pouvez également cliquer sur le bouton «Trouver un support technique » situé sur la page d’assistance et contacter ainsi le centred’assistance technique Blackmagic Design le plus proche de chez vous.

Vérification du logiciel actuelPour vérifier quelle version du logiciel Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup est installée sur votre
ordinateur, ouvrez la fenêtre About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.
 Sur macOS, ouvrez Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup dans le fichier Application. Sélectionnez À
propos de Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup dans le menu pour afficher la version du logiciel.
 Sur Windows 10, ouvrez le logiciel Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup dans le menu deDémarrage. Cliquez sur le menu Aide et sélectionnez À propos de Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup pour connaître le numéro de version.

Comment obtenir les dernières mises à jour du logiciel
Après avoir vérifié quelle version du logiciel Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup est installée sur votre
ordinateur, consultez sur la page d’assistance technique Blackmagic Design à l’adresse suivantewww.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support pour vérifier les dernières mises à jour. Même s’il est
généralement conseillé d’installer les dernières mises à jour, il est prudent d’éviter d’effectuer ces
mises à jour au milieu d’un projet important.

Assistance64

Avertissements
Élimination des déchets d’équipements électriques etélectroniques au sein de l’Union européenne.
Le symbole imprimé sur ce produit indique qu’il ne doit pas être jeté avec les autresdéchets. Cet appareil doit être déposé dans un point de collecte agréé pour être recyclé.
La collecte individuelle et le recyclage de votre équipement permettra de préserver les
ressources naturelles et garantit un recyclage approprié afin d’éviter la contamination del’environnement par des substances dangereuses pour la santé. Pour obtenir plusd’informations sur les points de collecte pour recycler votre appareil, veuillez contacterl’organisme responsable du recyclage dans votre région ou le revendeur du produit.
Cet équipement a été testé et déclaré conforme aux limites imposées aux appareils
numériques de classe A, en vertu du chapitre 15 des règles de la FCC. Ces limites ont pourobjectif d’assurer une protection suffisante contre les interférences nuisibles lorsquel’équipement est utilisé dans un environnement commercial. Cet équipement génère,
utilise et peut dégager de l’énergie de radiofréquence et, s’il n’est pas installé et utilisé
conformément au manuel d’utilisation, peut provoquer un brouillage préjudiciable aux
communications radio. L’utilisation de cet équipement en zone résidentielle est susceptiblede provoquer des interférences nuisibles, auquel cas il sera demandé à l’utilisateur decorriger ces interférences à ses frais.
L’utilisation de cet appareil est soumise aux deux conditions suivantes :1

Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles.

2

Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, y compris les interférences pouvant
entraîner un dysfonctionnement.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004

Déclaration de ISDE Canada
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes canadiennes relatives aux appareils
numériques de Classe A.
Toute modification ou utilisation de ce produit en dehors de son utilisation prévue
peut annuler la conformité avec ces normes.
Les connexions aux interfaces HDMI doivent être effectuées avec des câbles HDMI
blindés d’excellente qualité.
Cet équipement a été testé pour être en conformité avec une utilisation prévue dansun environnement commercial. Si cet équipement est utilisé dans un environnement
domestique, il peut provoquer des interférences radio.

Avertissements

65

Informations de sécurité
Pour une protection contre les décharges électriques, cet appareil doit être connecté à une prisesecteur équipée d’un conducteur de protection. En cas de doute, veuillez contacter unélectricien qualifié.
Afin de réduire le risque de décharge électrique, ne pas éclabousser ou renverser de liquide surcet appareil.
Ce produit peut être utilisé dans un climat tropical lorsque la température ambiante n’excède
pas 40ºC.
Veillez à ce que l’espace autour du produit soit suffisant afin de ne pas compromettre la ventilation.
Lorsque vous installez l’appareil sur rack, veillez à ce que la ventilation ne soit pas compromise parles autres équipements.
Les pièces de cet appareil ne sont pas réparables par l’opérateur. Toute opération d’entretien doitêtre effectuée par un centre de service Blackmagic Design.
Cet appareil ne peut être utilisé qu’à une altitude inférieure à 2000 mètres.

Déclaration de l’État de Californie
Ce produit est susceptible de vous exposer à des produits chimiques, dont des traces depolybromobiphényle dans les parties en plastique, reconnu par l’État de Californie comme étant
responsable de cancers, d’anomalies congénitales ou d’autres effets nocifs sur la reproduction.
Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez vous rendre sur www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Informations de sécurité

66

Garantie
Garantie limitée à 12 mois
Par la présente, Blackmagic Design garantit que ce produit sera exempt de défauts matériels et defabrication pendant une durée de un an à compter de la date d’achat. Si un produit s’avère défectueux
pendant la période de garantie, Blackmagic Design peut, à sa seule discrétion, réparer le produit
défectueux sans frais pour les pièces et la main-d’œuvre, ou le remplacer.
Pour se prévaloir du service offert en vertu de la présente garantie, il vous incombe d’informer
Blackmagic Design de l’existence du défaut avant expiration de la période de garantie, et de prendre
les mesures nécessaires pour l’exécution des dispositions de ce service. Le consommateur a laresponsabilité de s’occuper de l’emballage et de l’expédition du produit défectueux au centre deservice nommément désigné par Blackmagic Design, en frais de port prépayé. Il incombe au
consommateur de payer tous les frais de transport, d’assurance, droits de douane et taxes et toutes
autres charges relatives aux produits qui nous auront été retournés, et ce quelle que soit la raison.
La présente garantie ne saurait en aucun cas s’appliquer à des défauts, pannes ou dommages causéspar une utilisation inappropriée ou un entretien inadéquat ou incorrect. Blackmagic Design n’a en
aucun cas l’obligation de fournir un service en vertu de la présente garantie : a) pour réparer lesdommages résultant de tentatives de réparations, d’installations ou tous services effectués par dupersonnel non qualifié par Blackmagic Design, b) pour réparer tout dommage résultant d’une utilisation
inadéquate ou d’une connexion à du matériel incompatible, c) pour réparer tout dommage ou
dysfonctionnement causés par l’utilisation de pièces ou de fournitures n’appartenant pas à la marquede Blackmagic Design, d) pour examiner un produit qui a été modifié ou intégré à d’autres produits
quand l’impact d’une telle modification ou intégration augmente les délais ou la difficulté d’examiner
ce produit. CETTE GARANTIE REMPLACE TOUTE GARANTIE EXPLICITE OU TACITE. BLACKMAGICDESIGN ET SES REVENDEURS DÉCLINENT EXPRESSÉMENT TOUTE GARANTIE TACITE DECOMMERCIALISATION OU D’ADÉQUATION À UNE FIN PARTICULIÈRE. LA RESPONSABILITÉ DEBLACKMAGIC DESIGN POUR RÉPARER OU REMPLACER UN PRODUIT S’AVÉRANT DÉFECTUEUXCONSTITUE LA TOTALITÉ ET LE SEUL RECOURS EXCLUSIF PRÉVU ET FOURNI AU CONSOMMATEUR
POUR TOUT DOMMAGE INDIRECT, SPÉCIFIQUE, ACCIDENTEL OU CONSÉCUTIF, PEU IMPORTEQUE BLACKMAGIC DESIGN OU SES REVENDEURS AIENT ÉTÉ INFORMÉS OU SE SOIENT RENDUCOMPTE AU PRÉALABLE DE L’ÉVENTUALITÉ DE CES DOMMAGES. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NE PEUT
ÊTRE TENU POUR RESPONSABLE DE TOUTE UTILISATION ILLICITE DU MATÉRIEL PAR LE
CONSOMMATEUR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN N’EST PAS RESPONSABLE DES DOMMAGES RÉSULTANT
DE L’UTILISATION DE CE PRODUIT. LE CONSOMMATEUR UTILISE CE PRODUIT À SES SEULS RISQUES.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Tous droits réservés. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup Videohub’,‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ et ‘Leading the creative video revolution’ sont des marques déposées aux
États-Unis et dans d’autres pays. Tous les autres noms de société et de produits peuvent être des marques déposées des sociétés
respectives auxquelles ils sont associés.

Garantie

67

Juli 2024

Installations- und BedienungsanleitungBlackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3DeutschWillkommen
Vielen Dank, dass Sie sich für Ihre Produktionsarbeit für einen Blackmagic Audio Monitor
entschieden haben!
Wir verfolgen den Traum von der Entwicklung der Fernsehbranche zu einer echten
Kreativbranche, indem wir jedem den Zugriff auf hochwertigste Videogeräte ermöglichen. In
diesem Sinne wünschen wir Ihnen kreatives Schaffen.
Das Audiomonitoring spielt in jedem Videoproduktions-Workflow eine entscheidende Rolle,
sei es im Rundfunk oder in der Post- oder Liveproduktion. Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor bietet
Ihnen sämtliche Features von Profi-Audiomonitoren in einem kompakten rackmontierbaren
Design. Für qualitativ anspruchsvolles Monitoring können Sie nahezu jedes Audiogerät an Ihren
Blackmagic Audio Monitor anschließen. Der originale Blackmagic Audio Monitor unterstützt
6G-SDI und eignet sich für Ultra-HD-Video mit bis zu 30 Bildern pro Sekunde. Der Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12G unterstützt 12G-SDI und ist für Ultra-HD-Video mit bis zu 60 Bildern pro
Sekunde sowie Level A und B 3G-SDI-Videosignalquellen ausgelegt. Überdies unterstützt derBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 bis zu 12G-SDI per SMPTE 2110 IP Video über 10G Ethernet.
Diese Bedienungsanleitung gibt Ihnen alle Informationen, die Sie für die Inbetriebnahme Ihres
Blackmagic Audio Monitors brauchen.
Auf der Support-Seite unserer Website unter www.blackmagicdesign.com/de finden Sie die
aktuellste Auflage dieser Bedienungsanleitung sowie Updates für die Produktsoftware Ihres
Blackmagic Audio Monitors. Wenn Sie Ihre Produktsoftware immer auf dem aktuellsten Standhalten, können Sie sichergehen, dass Sie stets Zugriff auf alle neuesten Features haben. Wenn
Sie Software herunterladen, empfehlen wir Ihnen, sich zu registrieren, sodass wir Sie überneue Updates informieren können, sobald diese zur Verfügung stehen. Wir arbeiten ständig anneuen Features und Verbesserungen und würden uns freuen, von Ihnen zu hören!

Grant Petty
CEO, Blackmagic Design

Inhaltsverzeichnis
Erste Schritte

71„Audio“-Tab 77

Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor

71„Setup“-Tab 79

Anschließen von Audiogeräten71„2110“-Tab

80

Auswählen Ihrer Audioquelle

72Anschließen von Videoausgaben

72

Aktualisierung der Produktsoftware

81

Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor im
Einsatz

Informationen für Entwickler (Englisch)

82

73

LCD 73

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

82

Hilfe

86

Audiopegelmeter

74

Bedientasten

74

Gesetzliche Vorschriften

87

Audio Monitor Setup

76

Sicherheitshinweise88Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

76

Garantie

89Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

70

Erste Schritte
Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor und der Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G beanspruchen nur eine
Rack-Höheneinheit und bieten so eine Kompaktlösung für das Audio-Monitoring in Echtzeit, die mit
vielen Video- und Audioquellen in der Live- und Postproduktion sowie im Rundfunk einsetzbar ist.
Der ursprüngliche Blackmagic Audio Monitor lässt sich an analoge und digitale SD-, HD-,
3G-, 6G-SDI- und AES/EBU-Audiogeräte anschließen, um die erforderlichen Ausgabetonpegel zu
gewährleisten. Das 12G-Modell unterstützt 12G-SDI und eignet sich für Ultra-HD-Videoquellen bis
60 Frames pro Sekunde. LED-Pegelmeter für den linken und rechten Kanal zeigen die Scheitelwerte
Ihres Tons an. Auf dem integrierten LCD sind Ihre SDI-Videoeingabe sowie wichtige Informationen
wie Eingangsanschlusstyp, Videoformat, Framerate, Audiokanäle und Lautstärkepegel zu sehen.
So können Sie bis zu 16 Kanäle eingebettetes SDI-Audio überwachen oder die XLR-Buchsen fürsymmetrisches Analogaudio und AES/EBU-Digitalaudio benutzen. Über die ebenfalls vorhandenen
RCA-Verbinder lassen sich Consumer-Geräte wie Hi-Fi-Anlagen und iPods anschließen.
Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor ist mit zwei hochwertigen integrierten Breitbandlautsprechern undzwei Subwoofern ausgestattet, die für ein breites Frequenzspektrum und damit für eine rundum
klare und satte Schallwiedergabe sorgen. Oder schließen Sie einen Kopfhörer an, damit Sie auch inlauten Umgebungen Ihren Sound unter Kontrolle haben!

Die Vorderseite des Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Die Vorderseite des Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3G Modelle unterstützen den Empfang von nativen 2110-Streams
inklusive komprimiertem 12G-SDI.

Vorderseite des Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3G

Rückseite des Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3GAnschließen von Audiogeräten
Blackmagic Audio Monitore unterstützen so gut wie jede Art von Audioequipment. SDI-Signalquellenin SD, HD, 2K oder sogar Ultra HD können Sie über den SDI-Eingang mithilfe von normalen
BNC‑Steckern anschließen. Das 12G-Modell unterstützt eingehende 3G-SDI-Videosignale mit
Level-A- und Level-B-Mapping.
Für das Monitoring von digitalem AES/EBU-Audio können Sie Geräte wie Festplattenrekorder unddigitale Tonmischpulte oder Analoggeräte wie Audiomixer oder Betacam SP Decks über XLRVerbinder anschließen. Analogaudio von Consumer-Geräten wie Videorekordern und DVD-Playern
Erste Schritte

71lässt sich hingegen über standardmäßige RCA-Verbinder kontrollieren. Über die 6,35mmKlinkenbuchse ist auch der Anschluss von Kopfhörern möglich. So hören nur Sie allein Ihr Audio,
ohne andere zu stören.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

3

1

6

5

7

1. 10G-Ethernet 2. USB-C 3. HDMI-4K-Ausgang
4. 12-SDI-Ein- und 12G-SDI-Ausgang 5. XLR-Eingang für AES/EBU
6. XLR-Eingang für Analogaudio 7. RCA-Stereo-Eingang für Consumer-Audiogeräte

Auswählen Ihrer Audioquelle
Wenn Sie Ihr Audioequipment an den Blackmagic Audio Monitor angeschlossen haben, müssen
Sie nur noch über die INPUT-Taste im Bedienfeld den gewünschten Eingang auswählen. Sobald Ihre
Eingabe aktiviert ist und Audio erkannt wird, werden Sie sehen, dass die LEDs des Audiopegel-meters
beginnen zu leuchten. Der Audiopegelmeter besteht aus zwei Reihen hell leuchtender farbiger
LEDs. Über diese können Sie sich auf einen Blick vergewissern, dass die Audioeingabe funktioniert.
Durch Drücken der INPUT-Taste können Sie die einzelnen Audioverbindungen durchlaufen. Auf dem
farbigen LCD werden Ihnen außerdem die dazugehörigen Daten wie Eingangstyp, Audiokanäle undLautstärkepegel angezeigt. Mehr brauchen Sie nicht zu tun, um Audio mit Ihrem Blackmagic Audio
Monitor zu überwachen!

Anschließen von Videoausgaben
Sollten Sie sowohl Video als auch Audio überprüfen müssen, können Sie sich beides über die
Videoausgänge des Blackmagic Audio Monitors auf einem großen Bildschirm anzeigen lassen.
Auch zusätzliche Videogeräte sind anschließbar.
Die HDMI- und SDI-Durchschleifausgänge lassen sich zur Überwachung von Video mit
eingebettetem Audio einsetzen. Ein einziges SDI-Kabel ermöglicht den Anschluss an SD-, HD-,2K- und sogar Ultra-HD-Aufzeichnungsgeräte wie z. B. die DeckLink 4K Extreme Capture-Karte.
Schließen Sie die Videoquelle mit eingebettetem Audio über SD/HD-SDI an MAZen wie denHyperDeck Studio oder über HDMI an die neuesten Ultra-HD-Bildschirme und Projektoren an.
Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 konvertiert auch ST2110-Eingaben zu HDMI und 12G-SDI.
Dabei richten sich beide Ausgänge nach der SDI- bzw. 2110-Eingabe, die mit der INPUT-Taste an der
Frontblende vorgegeben wurde.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Mit den Auswahltasten können Sie festlegen, welche Eingabe Sie überwachen möchten. Sie
können die linken und rechten Stereokanäle isolieren, die verfügbaren Audiokanäle nachoben oder unten durchlaufen und Ihre Lautsprecher oder Kopfhörer stumm schalten

Erste Schritte

72Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor im EinsatzÜber die Frontblende des Blackmagic Audio Monitors haben Sie schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige
Funktionen und den Gerätestatus.

LCD
Das integrierte farbige LCD zeichnet sich durch ein Text-Overlay aus, das Ihnen entscheidende
Statusinformationen anzeigt. Dazu zählen Ihr ausgewählter Eingang, das Videoformat (sofern Videoüber SDI angeschlossen ist), selektierte Audiokanäle und der Lautstärkepegel Ihrer Lautsprecheroder Kopfhörer. Das LCD zeigt zudem alle eingehenden SDI-Videosignale an. Wird kein SDI-Videoerkannt, erscheint ein Notensymbol.
Folgende Informationen werden für jeden ausgewählten Eingang angezeigt:

SDI-Eingang
SDI, Videoformat, ausgewählte Audiokanäle.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Das farbige LCD zeigt Audio- und Videoinformationen an,
einschließlich Anschlusstyp, Videoformat, aktivierte
Audiokanäle und Lautstärkepegel

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Wenn kein SDI- oder SMPTE-2110-Videosignal zum Monitoringausgewählt ist, zeigt das LCD ein Notensymbol an

10G-Ethernet-2110-Eingang
SMPTE-2110-IP-Video inkl. SMPTE-2110-30-Audiounterstützung

Symmetrischer AES/EBU XLR-Eingang
AES/EBU, ausgewählte Audiokanäle.

Symmetrische XLR-Analogeingänge
Analog, ausgewählte Audiokanäle.

Unsymmetrische RCA-Analogeingänge
Hi-Fi, ausgewählte Audiokanäle.

Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor im Einsatz

73

Audiopegelmeter
Die Audiopegelmeter des Blackmagic Audio Monitors bestehen aus zwei Reihen grüner,orangefarbener und roter LEDs, die die Stärke der Audiopegel anzeigen. Wenn alle LEDs
aufleuchten, sind Ihre Tonpegel zu hoch und werden abgeschnitten.
Das Verhalten der Audiopegelmeter ist abhängig von der Einstellung des Messmodus, die Sie im
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup Dienstprogramm vorgegeben haben. Sollten Sie sich für die
VU-Messung entschieden haben, passen Sie die Ausgabepegel Ihres Audioequipments so an, dassdas Meter an der Frontblende bei 0 dB gipfelt. Dies optimiert den Störspannungsabstand undgewährleistet die höchste Tonqualität. Schlagen die Tonpegel über 0 dB aus, besteht ein hohes
Risiko der Soundverzerrung.
Näheres zur Installation des Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup Dienstprogramms und zur Einstellung
der Pegelmessmodi finden Sie im Kapitel „Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup“.

Bedientasten
Mit diesen Tasten können Sie jeweils den linken und rechten Audiokanal isolieren, damit Sie jeden
Kanal separat auf potenzielle Tonprobleme überprüfen können.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Die Auswahl von SOLO LEFT deaktiviert den rechten Audiokanal.
Der Audiopegelmesser zeigt jedoch weiterhin beide Pegel an

So kontrollieren Sie das Audio des linken Kanals:

1

Drücken Sie die Taste SOLO LEFT. Die Taste leuchtet grün auf und Ihr Audio wird nur über den
linken Lautsprecher wiedergegeben.

2

Drücken Sie die Taste SOLO LEFT erneut, um auf Audiomonitoring in Stereo zurückzuschalten.

Um den rechten Audiokanal zu überprüfen, wiederholen Sie die oben genannten Schritte durch
drücken der Taste SOLO RIGHT.

CH aufwärts und CH abwärts
Mit den CH-Tasten können Sie in Ihre SDI-Eingabe eingebettete Audiokanäle durchlaufen. Für3G-SDI stehen bis zu 16 Kanäle bzw. 8 Paare zur Verfügung. Drücken Sie die Tasten für CH aufwärts
bzw. CH abwärts, um sich durch die eingebetteten SDI-Audiokanäle zu bewegen.
Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G unterstützt 12G-SDI und damit bis zu 64 Kanäle Audio bzw.
32 Kanalpaare. Um durch die Kanäle zu scrollen, drücken Sie die Auf- oder Abwärts-Pfeiltasten.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor im Einsatz

74Eingang
Durch mehrfaches Drücken der INPUT-Taste durchlaufen Sie die SDI-, AES/EBU-, SMPTE–2110-,
Analog- und HiFi-Eingänge. So können Sie auswählen, welche Video- und Audiogeräte Siekontrollieren wollen.
Die ausgewählte Audioeingabe kann man sich über die eingebauten Lautsprecher anhören. Zudem
können Sie Ihren Ton auf Kanal 1 und 2 der HDMI-Ausgabe überwachen.
HINWEIS Ist ein Analog-, AES/EBU- oder HiFi-Eingang ausgewählt, zeigt die HDMIAusgabe schwarzes Video an. Über den SDI-Ausgang mit Durchschleifung wird immer das
SDI-Video- und Audioeingangssignal ausgegeben.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Stummschaltung
Mit der Stummschalttaste lassen sich die Lautsprecher und Kopfhörer des Blackmagic Audio
Monitors stumm schalten. Die Stummschaltung des Tons hat keine Auswirkung auf Ihre
Audioeingabe, sondern lediglich auf die Lautsprecher- und Kopfhörerausgabe. Durch erneutes
Drücken der Stummschalttaste wird das Audio der Lautsprecher und Kopfhörer wiederhergestellt.
Auch das Hochfahren der Lautstärke stellt den Ton wieder her.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

Lautstärke
Dieser Regler passt die Lautstärke der Lautsprecher und Kopfhörer unabhängig voneinander an.
Der Lautstärkepegel wird auf dem integrierten LCD angezeigt. Werden Kopfhörer angeschlossen,
schalten die Lautsprecher des Blackmagic Audio Monitors auf stumm und die Audioausgabe erfolgtüber die Kopfhörer. Der Lautstärkepegel lässt sich durch Drehen des Lautstärkereglers im odergegen den Uhrzeigersinn mühelos lauter oder leiser stellen.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Der Lautstärkepegel wird auf dem Frontblenden-LCD angezeigt

Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor im Einsatz

75

Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor SetupÜber das Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup Dienstprogramm können Sie den gewünschten Messtyp
vorgeben und die Produktsoftware Ihres Blackmagic Audio Monitors aktualisieren.
Wenn der originale Blackmagic Audio Monitor über USB an einen Computer angeschlossen ist,können Sie die Konfigurationseinstellungen ändern und die Produktsoftware mit dem SetupDienstprogramm aktualisieren. Beim Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 können Sie das Gerätaktualisieren und Änderungen an den Einstellungen wahlweise über USB oder Ethernet vornehmen.
So installieren Sie Audio Monitor Setup:

1

Navigieren Sie mit einem Webbrowser zu www.blackmagicdesign.com/support/de und laden Sie
sich die aktuellsten Blackmagic Audio Monitor Treiber herunter.

2

Klicken Sie nach erfolgtem Download der Datei zweimal auf das „Install Audio Monitor“-Symbol,
um den Installer zu starten. Folgen Sie den Anweisungen bis zum Schluss und klicken Sie dannauf „Install“, um die Software zu installieren.

3

Navigieren Sie nach erfolgter Installation in Ihrem Programmordner zum Ordner „Blackmagic
Audio Monitor“ und doppelklicken Sie auf „Audio Monitor Setup“.

Aktualisieren Sie die Produktsoftware Ihres Blackmagic Audio
Monitors und passen Sie die Konfigurationseinstellungen mithilfe
des Blackmagic Audio Monitor Dienstprogramms an

Audio Monitor Setup

76

„Audio“-Tab
Klicken Sie auf den „Audio“-Tab, um die Einstellungen für Audioverzögerung und Pegelkontrolle
aufzurufen.

Audio Delay
Fügen Sie durch Anpassen des Schiebereglers eine Audioverzögerung zu den HDMI- und SDIDurchschleifungsverbindungen hinzu. Sie können die Verzögerung in Frames oder
Millisekunden angeben.

AudiopegelmeterEs stehen die Messarten VU, PPM und Lautheit mit EBU- und BBC-Messskalen zur Auswahl.
VU-Meter sind mittlerweile zum Standard geworden. Peakmeter (PPM) und Lautheitsmeter hingegenliefern Skalierungssysteme und -messungen für wahrgenommene Lautheit. Ihr Blackmagic Audio
Monitor unterstützt folgende Audiopegelmesser und Messgrößen-Kombinationen:
Messmodus

SkalatypMessskalaAnwendung

VU–-45 bis +3

Aufdruck am Gerät

PPM

EBU

-12 bis +12

Aufkleber

PPM

BBC

1 bis 7

Aufkleber

Lautheit

EBU +9-18 bis +9

Aufkleber

Lautheit

EBU +18-36 bis +18

Aufkleber

Lautheit

Vollpegel +9-41 bis -14

Aufkleber

Lautheit

Vollpegel +18-59 bis -5

Aufkleber

Audio Monitor Setup

77

VU
Dieses Meter erstellt einen Durchschnittswert aus kurzen Spitzen- und Tiefstwerten in Ihrem
Audiosignal. Er dient vor allem zum Monitoring von Spitzenwerten eines Signals, eignet sichaufgrund seiner Fähigkeit zur Mittelwertbildung jedoch auch zur Kontrolle wahrgenommener
Lautheit Ihres Audiosignals.

PPM
Das Peakmeter verfügt über eine „Peak-Hold“-Funktion, die Signalhöchstwerte anzeigt,
vorübergehend festhält und langsam zurückgehen lässt, wodurch Audio-Peaking leicht visuellerkennbar wird.

Lautheit
Das Lautheitsmeter zeigt die subjektiv wahrgenommene Lautstärke Ihres Audiosignals an.
Heutzutage gehört die Lautheitsmessung für durchgängige Lautheitspegel zu den
Rundfunkstandards.
Beim VU- und Peakmeter können Sie einen Referenzpegel von -18 dB oder -20 dB wählen, wasIhnen die Tonkontrolle nach unterschiedlichen internationalen Rundfunkstandards gestattet.
Das Verhalten der Referenz-LEDs Ihres Blackmagic Audio Monitors ändert sich dann entsprechenddem ausgewählten Messmodus. Im Lieferumfang Ihres Blackmagic Audio Monitors sind Aufkleber
mit präzisen dB-Referenzskalen enthalten. Anhand dieser können Sie sehen, welchen Spitzenwert
Ihr Ton erreicht. Entfernen Sie die Folie vom Aufkleber mit der gewünschten Skala und kleben Sie
ihn zwischen die farbigen LED-Anzeigen über die vorhandene VU-Skalamarkierung.
Für jeden Audiopegeltyp und jede Messskala werden jeweils zwei Aufkleber mitgeliefert. Bögen mit
weiteren Aufklebern sind zudem bei Ihrer lokalen Blackmagic Design Support-Stelle erhältlich.

Die mitgelieferten Aufkleber helfen Ihnen dabei, das Peaking
Ihres Tons bei jedem Messmodus akkurat zu erkennen

Audio Monitor Setup

78„Setup“-Tab
Unter „Setup“ finden sich die Versionsnummer der Software und die Netzwerkeinstellungen Ihres
Blackmagic Audio Monitors. Sie können Ihrem Gerät aber auch einen eigenen Namen geben. Die
Namensgebung beschleunigt das Auffinden Ihres Geräts bspw. bei Fernzugriff. Der „Setup“-Tabenthält außerdem die Netzwerkeinstellungen für den Audio Monitor.
So benennen Sie Ihren Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:

1

Klicken Sie auf den Tab „Setup“.

2

Klicken Sie in das Feld „Name“ und geben Sie einen neuen Namen ein.

3

Klicken Sie zum Speichern auf „Save“ unten rechts auf dem Bildschirm.

Netzwerkeinstellungen
Der Zugriff auf Ihren Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G über ein Netzwerk ist der einfachste Weg zum
Verwalten mehrerer Geräte. Dies geht mit dem Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup Dienstprogramm.
Standardmäßig ist Ihr Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G auf DHCP konfiguriert, sodass er automatischeine Netzwerkadresse erhält, die Sie sofort auf dem Startbildschirm des Dienstprogramms
auswählen können.

Allow Utility Administration
Zugriff auf Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup erhält man über einen ins Netzwerk oder via USB
eingebundenen Audio Monitor. Um anderen Benutzern den Zugriff per Netzwerk zu verweigern und
nur per USB zu erlauben, wählen Sie „via USB“.

Factory Reset
Um Ihren Audio Monitor 12G auf die Werkseinstellungen zurückzusetzen, wählen Sie „Factory Reset“.

Audio Monitor Setup79„2110“-Tab
Der Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 enthält einen Tab zur Konfiguration von SMPTE-2110-IPStreams sowie Einstellungen für den PTP-Grandmaster.

2110 ReceiverWenn Sie nur Audioquellen zuordnen möchten, aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen „Show Audio
Sources Only“.
Um den zu empfangenden Stream weiterzuleiten, klicken Sie auf die Lupe rechts neben dem
Empfängerfeld „Receiver“. Daraufhin wird ein Fenster geöffnet, in dem alle verfügbaren Quellen mit
IP-Node und Quell-Label für die Streams aufgeführt sind. Markieren Sie einen Stream und klicken Sie
auf den „Select“-Button. Das Fenster schließt sich und das Stream-Label erscheint im Empfängerfeld„Receiver“. Die eingehende Quelle sollte nun auf dem LCD des Audio Monitors erscheinen.

PTP Clock Settings
In den PTP-Einstellungen geben Sie die Details für den PTP-Grandmaster vor.

Wenn der Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 an einen 10G-Netzwerk-Switch mit einem PTPGrandmaster angeschlossen wird, muss der Audio Monitor in den Follower-Modus versetzt werden,
um einen Zeitkonflikt zu vermeiden. Wenn Sie den Audio Monitor mit einem anderen 2110-IP-Gerät
verbunden haben, wie z. B. einem Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G Converter, setzen Sie im „Follower“Kontrollkästchen ein Häkchen.

Domain Number
Geben Sie die Domain-Nummer ein, die mit der des PTP-Grandmasters übereinstimmt. Dies ist in
der Regel 127, kann aber durch Eingabe einer anderen Domain-Nummer geändert werden.

MasterIm „Master“-Adressfeld wird die MAC-Adresse des PTP-Grandmasters angezeigt. Hierbei handelt essich entweder um ein separates Grandmaster-Gerät oder einen weiteren Blackmagic 2110 IP.

PTP Lock
Das Feld „PTP Lock“ bestätigt, dass der Audio Monitor über Ethernet mit einer PTP-Uhr verbunden ist.

Priority
Mit den Einstellungen „Priority 1“ und „Priority 2“ können Sie den bevorzugten PTP-Grandmasterfestlegen, wenn es mehr als einen PTP-Grandmaster im Netzwerk gibt. Dabei gilt, je niedriger die
Zahl desto höher die Priorität.

Announce Interval und Announce Timeout
Die Angaben in den Feldern „Announce Interval“ und „Announce Timeout“ müssen mit den
Spezifikationen für den PTP-Grandmaster übereinstimmen, der in der Regel alle zwei Sekundenoder 2000 ms eine synchronisierte Nachricht überträgt. Um die Häufigkeit der Übertragung vonNachrichten zu ändern, wählen Sie im Menü eine andere Zeit aus. Die verfügbaren Bereiche für die
Felder „Announce Interval“ und „Announce Timeout“ basieren auf Ihrem PTP-Grandmaster.
Audio Monitor Setup

80

Aktualisierung der Produktsoftware
1

Schließen Sie Ihren Blackmagic Audio Monitor per USB oder Ethernet an Ihren Computer an.

2Öffnen Sie Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

3

Klicken Sie auf das Konfigurationssymbol. Das Dienstprogramm zeigt Ihnen an, falls ein Update
erforderlich ist.

4

Ist ein Update erforderlich, klicken Sie auf den „Update“-Button, um die Installation der Software
abzuschließen.

Klicken Sie auf den „Update“-Button um die
Aktualisierung der Produktsoftware zu starten

Ein Fortschrittsbalken zeigt Ihnen den
Status der Aktualisierung an

5

Klicken Sie nach erfolgter Aktualisierung auf „Close“ (Schließen).

Audio Monitor Setup

81

Informationen für Entwickler (Englisch)Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Audio Monitor Setup

82

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Audio Monitor Setup

83This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Audio Monitor Setup

84Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Audio Monitor Setup

85

HilfeHilfestellung
Am schnellsten erhalten Sie Hilfe online über die Support-Seiten der Website vonBlackmagic Design. Sehen Sie dort nach dem aktuellsten Support-Material für Ihren Blackmagic
Audio Monitor.

Blackmagic Design Online-Support-Seiten
Die aktuellsten Versionen der Bedienungsanleitung, Produktsoftware und Support-Hinweise finden
Sie im Blackmagic Support Center unter www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support.

Blackmagic Design Forum
Das Blackmagic Design Forum auf unserer Website ist eine praktische Ressource, die Sie für mehr
Information und kreative Ideen aufsuchen können. Manchmal finden Sie dort schnellere Lösungen,da möglicherweise bereits Antworten auf ähnliche Fragen von anderen erfahrenen Anwendern und
Blackmagic Design Mitarbeitern vorliegen, die Ihnen weiterhelfen. Das Forum finden Sie unter
http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com.

Kontaktaufnahme mit dem Blackmagic Design Support
Wenn unser Support-Material oder das Forum Ihnen nicht wie gewünscht hilft, gehen Sie bitte auf
unsere Support-Seite und schicken Sie uns Ihre Anfrage über „Senden Sie uns eine E-Mail“. Oderklicken Sie auf „Finden Sie Ihr lokales Support-Team“ und rufen Sie Ihre nächstgelegene
Blackmagic Design Support Stelle an.

Überprüfen der aktuell installierten Softwareversion
Um zu überprüfen, welche Version des Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup aktuell auf Ihrem Computer
installiert ist, öffnen Sie das Fenster „About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup“.
 Auf macOS: Gehen Sie zum Programme-Ordner und öffnen Sie Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup. Klicken Sie dann in der Menüleiste auf „About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup“, um die
Versionsnummer anzuzeigen.
 Auf Windows 10: Öffnen Sie das Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup über die Kachel „Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup“ auf Ihrem Startbildschirm. Klicken Sie auf den Menüpunkt „Hilfe“ undwählen Sie „About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup“ aus, um die Versionsnummer anzuzeigen.

So erhalten Sie die aktuellsten Software-Updates
Sehen Sie, sobald Sie die Version von Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup überprüft haben, im
Blackmagic Design Support Center unter www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support nach denneuesten Aktualisierungen. In der Regel empfiehlt es sich, die neuesten Updates zu laden.
Vermeiden Sie jedoch Software-Updates mitten in einem wichtigen Projekt.

Hilfe

86

Gesetzliche Vorschriften
Entsorgung von elektrischen und elektronischen Geräten innerhalb der Europäischen Union
Das auf dem Produkt abgebildete Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Gerät nicht
zusammen mit anderen Abfallstoffen entsorgt werden darf. Altgeräte müssen daher
zur Wiederverwertung an eine dafür vorgesehene Sammelstelle übergeben werden.
Mülltrennung und Wiederverwertung von Altgeräten tragen zum nachhaltigen Umgang
mit natürlichen Ressourcen bei. Gleichzeitig wird sichergestellt, dass die Wiederverwertung
nicht zulasten der menschlichen Gesundheit und der Umwelt geht. Weitere Informationen
zur Entsorgung von Altgeräten sowie zu den Standorten der zuständigen Sammelstellen
erhalten Sie von Ihren örtlichen Müllentsorgungsbetrieben sowie vom Händler, bei dem
Sie dieses Produkt erworben haben.
Dieses Gerät wurde geprüft und entspricht den Grenzwerten für Digitalgeräte der Klasse A
gemäß Abschnitt 15 der FCC-Bestimmungen für Funkentstörung. Diese Grenzwerte dienen
dem angemessenen Schutz gegen schädliche Störungen bei Betrieb des Geräts in einer
gewerblichen Umgebung. Geräte dieser Art erzeugen und verwenden Hochfrequenzen
und können diese auch ausstrahlen. Bei Nichteinhaltung der Installations- undGebrauchsvorschriften können sie zu Störungen beim Rundfunkempfang führen. Der
Betrieb solcher Geräte in Wohngebieten führt mit großer Wahrscheinlichkeit zu
Funkstörungen. In diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden, persönlich für die
Beseitigung solcher Störungen aufzukommen.
Der Betrieb unterliegt den folgenden zwei Bedingungen:1

Dieses Gerät darf keine schädigenden Störungen hervorrufen.

2

Das Gerät muss unanfällig gegenüber beliebigen empfangenen Störungen sein,
einschließlich solcher, die einen unerwünschten Betrieb verursachen.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004

ISED-Zertifizierung für den kanadischen Markt
Dieses Gerät erfüllt die kanadischen Vorschriften für digitale Geräte der Klasse A.
Jedwede an diesem Produkt vorgenommene Änderung oder unsachgemäße
Verwendung kann die Konformitätserklärung zum Erlöschen bringen.
Die Verbindung zu HDMI-Schnittstellen muss über hochwertige abgeschirmte
HDMI-Kabel hergestellt werden.
Dieses Gerät wurde auf die Einhaltung der Richtlinien für die zweckbestimmte Nutzung
im gewerblichen Bereich getestet. Bei Verwendung in häuslichen Umgebungen können
Funkstörungen auftreten.

Gesetzliche Vorschriften87Sicherheitshinweise
Zum Schutz vor Stromschlag muss das Gerät an ein vorschriftsmäßig geerdetes Stromnetz
angeschlossen werden. Kontaktieren Sie im Zweifelsfall einen Elektrofachmann.
Um das Risiko eines Stromschlages zu verringern, setzen Sie das Gerät weder Tropfen noch
Spritzern aus.
Das Produkt eignet sich für den Einsatz in tropischen Gebieten mit einer Umgebungstemperatur vonbis zu 40 ºC.
Achten Sie auf eine ausreichende Luftzufuhr um das Gerät herum, damit die Belüftung nicht
eingeschränkt wird.
Achten Sie bei der Installation im Rack darauf, dass die Luftzufuhr nicht durch andere Geräte
eingeschränkt wird.
Es befinden sich keine vom Anwender zu wartenden Teile im Inneren des Produkts. Wenden Sie
sich für die Wartung an ein Blackmagic Design Service-Center in Ihrer Nähe.
Nur in Höhen bis 2000 m über dem Meeresspiegel einsetzen.

California Proposition 65
Plastikteile dieses Produkts können Spuren von polybromierten Biphenylen enthalten. Im USamerikanischen Bundesstaat Kalifornien werden diese Chemikalien mit Krebs, Geburtsfehlern undanderen Schäden der Fortpflanzungsfähigkeit in Verbindung gebracht.
Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Niederlassung in Europa:
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Sicherheitshinweise88Garantie
12 Monate eingeschränkte Garantie
Für dieses Produkt gewährt Firma Blackmagic Design eine Garantie auf Material- und Verarbeitungsfehler
von 12 Monaten ab Kaufdatum. Sollte sich ein Produkt innerhalb dieser Garantiezeit als fehlerhaft
erweisen, wird die Firma Blackmagic Design nach ihrem Ermessen das defekte Produkt entweder
ohne Kostenerhebung für Teile und Arbeitszeit reparieren oder Ihnen das defekte Produkt ersetzen.
Zur Inanspruchnahme der Garantieleistungen müssen Sie als Kunde Blackmagic Design über den
Defekt innerhalb der Garantiezeit in Kenntnis setzen und die entsprechenden Vorkehrungen für die
Leistungserbringung treffen. Es obliegt dem Kunden, für die Verpackung und den bezahlten Versand
des defekten Produkts an ein spezielles von Blackmagic Design benanntes Service Center zu sorgen
und hierfür aufzukommen. Sämtliche Versandkosten, Versicherungen, Zölle, Steuern und sonstige
Abgaben im Zusammenhang mit der Rücksendung von Waren an uns, ungeachtet des Grundes, sindvom Kunden zu tragen.
Diese Garantie gilt nicht für Mängel, Fehler oder Schäden, die durch unsachgemäße Handhabungoder unsachgemäße oder unzureichende Wartung und Pflege verursacht wurden. Blackmagic Design
ist im Rahmen dieser Garantie nicht verpflichtet, die folgenden Serviceleistungen zu erbringen: a)
Behebung von Schäden infolge von Versuchen Dritter, die Installation, Reparatur oder Wartung desProdukts vorzunehmen, b) Behebung von Schäden aufgrund von unsachgemäßer Handhabung oderAnschluss an nicht kompatible Geräte, c) Behebung von Schäden oder Störungen, die durch die
Verwendung von nicht Blackmagic-Design-Ersatzteilen oder -Verbrauchsmaterialien entstanden sind,d) Service für ein Produkt, das verändert oder in andere Produkte integriert wurde, sofern eine solcheÄnderung oder Integration zu einer Erhöhung des Zeitaufwands oder zu Schwierigkeiten bei der
Wartung des Produkts führt. ÜBER DIE IN DIESER GARANTIEERKLÄRUNG AUSDRÜCKLICHAUFGEFÜHRTEN ANSPRÜCHE HINAUS ÜBERNIMMT BLACKMAGIC DESIGN KEINE WEITERENGARANTIEN, WEDER AUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND. DIE FIRMA BLACKMAGIC DESIGNUND IHRE HÄNDLER LEHNEN JEGLICHE STILLSCHWEIGENDEN GARANTIEN IN BEZUG AUF
AUSSAGEN ZUR MARKTGÄNGIGKEIT UND GEBRAUCHSTAUGLICHKEIT FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTENZWECK AB. DIE VERANTWORTUNG VON BLACKMAGIC DESIGN, FEHLERHAFTE PRODUKTE ZUREPARIEREN ODER ZU ERSETZEN, IST DIE EINZIGE UND AUSSCHLIESSLICHE ABHILFE, DIE
GEGENÜBER DEM KUNDEN FÜR ALLE INDIREKTEN, SPEZIELLEN, NEBEN- ODER FOLGESCHÄDENZUR VERFÜGUNG GESTELLT WIRD, UNABHÄNGIG DAVON, OB BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ODER DERHÄNDLER VON DER MÖGLICHKEIT SOLCHER SCHÄDEN ZUVOR IN KENNTNIS GESETZT WURDE.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN IST NICHT HAFTBAR FÜR JEGLICHE WIDERRECHTLICHE VERWENDUNG
DER GERÄTE DURCH DEN KUNDEN. BLACKMAGIC HAFTET NICHT FÜR SCHÄDEN, DIE SICH AUS
DER VERWENDUNG DES PRODUKTS ERGEBEN. NUTZUNG DES PRODUKTS AUF EIGENE GEFAHR.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. „Blackmagic Design“, „DeckLink“, „HDLink“, „Workgroup Videohub“,„Multibridge Pro“, „Multibridge Extreme“, „Intensity“ und „Leading the creative video revolution“ sind eingetragene Warenzeichen
in den USA und anderen Ländern. Alle anderen Unternehmens- und Produktnamen sind möglicherweise Warenzeichen derjeweiligen Firmen, mit denen sie verbunden sind.

Garantie

89

Julio 2024

Manual de instalación y funcionamiento

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3EspañolBienvenido
Gracias por haber adquirido este producto.
Ojalá compartas nuestro sueño de transformar la industria televisiva en un sector
verdaderamente creativo, donde todos tengan acceso a la mejor calidad en materia de imagen.
La supervisión del audio es fundamental en cualquier producción audiovisual. Este dispositivo
brinda todas las prestaciones profesionales en un diseño modular compacto y se puede
conectar prácticamente a cualquier equipo de audio para controlar el sonido con una calidad
profesional. La conectividad SDI 6G del modelo original admite señales UHD a una frecuencia
de 30 f/s, mientras que la versión 12G permite procesar fuentes SDI 12G a 60 f/s y SDI 3G denivel A o B. Cabe mencionar que el modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 ofrece ademáscon señales SDI 12G mediante conexiones IP SMPTE-2110 a través de una red Ethernet 10G.
Este manual de instrucciones brinda toda la información necesaria sobre el producto.
En la página de soporte técnico de nuestro sitio web encontrarás su versión más reciente, asícomo actualizaciones para el software interno del dispositivo. Recuerda mantenerlo actualizado
para tener acceso a nuevas prestaciones. Por último, no olvides registrarte al descargar
las actualizaciones para que podamos mantenerte informado sobre nuevos lanzamientos.
Trabajamos constantemente para desarrollar herramientas innovadoras y superarnos, de modoque nos encantaría conocer tu opinión.

Grant Petty
Director ejecutivo de Blackmagic Design

Contenido
Primeros pasos

93

Audio

99

Introducción

93

Configuración

101

Conexiones de audio

93

2110

102

Selección de fuentes de audio

94

Actualización del software interno

103

Salidas de video

94

Información para desarrolladores 104

Uso del dispositivo

95

Pantalla LCD95

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

104

Indicadores de volumen

96

Ayuda 108

Botones del panel de control

96

Normativas

109

Configuración

98

Seguridad

110Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

98

Garantía

111Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

92

Primeros pasos
Introducción
Los dispositivos Blackmagic Audio Monitor y Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G brindan una solución
modular para bastidores que permite supervisar señales de audio en tiempo real. Resultan ideales
para monitorizar distintas fuentes audiovisuales en toda clase de entornos, durante transmisiones en
directo o en la etapa de posproducción.
Estos equipos disponen de tecnología SDI compatible con distintas definiciones y velocidades detransmisión, así como conexiones para señales de audio analógicas y digitales (AES/EBU), a fin degarantizar un volumen adecuado. El modelo 12G es compatible con señales SDI UHD a una
frecuencia máxima de 60 f/s. Los indicadores luminosos para el canal izquierdo y derecho brindan laposibilidad de evitar la saturación del audio, mientras que la pantalla integrada muestra la señal SDI
y otros datos importantes, tales como el tipo de conexión, el formato, la frecuencia de imagen, loscanales de audio y la intensidad del volumen.
De esta manera, es posible supervisar hasta 16 canales de audio integrados en la señal SDI o utilizar
las conexiones XLR para audio balanceado analógico y digital (AES/EBU). Por su parte, losconectores RCA brindan compatibilidad con equipos de consumo masivo, tales como iPods ysistemas de alta fidelidad.
Este dispositivo incluye dos altavoces internos de gran calidad y dos altavoces para sonidos graves
que ofrecen una gran variedad de frecuencias y permiten obtener un sonido claro y profundo.
También es posible conectar auriculares para supervisar el audio en forma confiable, especialmente
en ambientes ruidosos.

Panel frontal del modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Panel trasero del modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

Los modelos Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 también son capaces de recibir señales 2110,
incluidos canales SDI 12G con compresión.

Panel frontal del modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Panel trasero del modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Conexiones de audio
El modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor es compatible prácticamente con cualquier equipo de audio.
Para procesar señales SDI en definición SD, HD, 2K e incluso UHD, es posible conectarlo mediante
un cable BNC estándar. La versión 12G también admite señales SDI 3G (nivel A/B).
Primeros pasos

93Asimismo, las entradas XLR brindan la posibilidad de monitorizar señales de audio en formato AES/
EBU o analógico provenientes de distintos equipos, tales como grabadores, consolas de audio
digitales, mezcladores de audio o unidades Betacam SP. A su vez, es posible conectar
videograbadores o reproductores de DVD convencionales mediante las conexiones RCA. Por otrolado, incluye un puerto TRS de 0.25 pulgadas para utilizar auriculares cuando es necesario escuchar
el audio sin causar molestias a otras personas.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

6

5

3

1

7

1. Ethernet 10G 2. USB-C 3. Salida HDMI 4K 4. Salida / Entrada SDI 12G 5. Entrada XLR para audio
AES/EBU 6. Entrada XLR para audio analógico 7. Entrada RCA para equipos de consumo masivo

Selección de fuentes de audio
Después de conectar un equipo al dispositivo, es posible seleccionar la fuente presionando elbotón INPUT en el panel de control. Si la señal incluye canales de audio, verá los vúmetros en
funcionamiento. Estos indicadores están constituidos por dos filas de ledes que se encienden para
confirmar la recepción de la señal.
El botón INPUT permite alternar entre las distintas señales de audio, indicadas en la pantalla LCD
junto con la información sobre el tipo de entrada, los canales de audio y el volumen. Esto es todo loque se necesita saber para comenzar a utilizar el dispositivo.

Salidas de video
En caso de que sea necesario realizar un seguimiento de las imágenes además del audio, estas
salidas permiten monitorizarlas en pantallas de gran tamaño o conectar otros dispositivos.
Las salidas HDMI y SDI derivadas pueden utilizarse para supervisar señales con audio integrado.
Por otro lado, es posible utilizar dispositivos de captura SD, HD, 2K e incluso UHD 4K, tales como latarjeta DeckLink 4K Extreme, mediante un único cable SDI. Asimismo, la tecnología SDI SD/HD permite
procesar canales de audio integrados y conectar grabadores, por ejemplo el modelo HyperDeck
Studio, mientras que el puerto HDMI brinda compatibilidad con pantallas y proyectores UHD.
El modelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 también permite obtener señales HDMI y SDI 12G a partirde fuentes ST2110, ya que las salidas se adaptan al formato seleccionado mediante el botón INPUT en
el panel frontal del dispositivo.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Estos botones permiten seleccionar la señal entrante que se desea monitorizar, aislar los canales
estereofónicos (izquierdo y derecho), ver los canales audio disponibles y silenciar los altavoces o los auriculares.

Primeros pasos

94

Uso del dispositivo
El panel de control permite acceder rápidamente a información y funciones importantes.

Pantalla LCD
La pantalla de cristal líquido integrada cuenta con una función de texto superpuesto que muestra
datos relevantes, entre ellos la entrada seleccionada, el formato de la imagen cuando hay una
conexión SDI activa, los canales de audio seleccionados y el volumen de los altavoces o auriculares.
La pantalla también mostrará la señal SDI recibida. En caso de que no se detecte ninguna señal,
aparecerá un ícono con una nota musical.
Para cada entrada seleccionada, se muestra la siguiente información:

Entrada SDI
SDI, formato de imagen, canales de audio seleccionados.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

La pantalla de cristal líquido muestra información sobre
el audio y las imágenes, inclusive el tipo de conexión, el
formato, los canales de audio seleccionados y el volumen.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

La pantalla muestra una nota musical si no se
detecta una señal SDI o SMPTE 2110.

Entrada 2110 Ethernet 10G
Señales IP SMPTE-2110 con audio incluido (SMPTE-2110-30)

Entrada XLR para audio AES/EBU balanceado
AES/EBU, canales de audio seleccionados.

Entradas XLR para audio analógico
Analog, canales de audio seleccionados.

Entradas RCA para audio analógico no balanceado
HiFi, canales de audio seleccionados.

Uso del dispositivo

95

Indicadores de volumen
La intensidad de la señal se muestra mediante dos filas de indicadores luminosos de color verde,naranja y rojo. Si se encienden todas las luces, el volumen está demasiado alto y puede ocurrir una
distorsión en la señal.
El comportamiento del vúmetro digital varía en función del tipo de medición seleccionado alconfigurar el dispositivo. Para obtener la mejor calidad de audio, es necesario ajustar el volumen delequipo conectado al dispositivo, de forma que no supere los 0 dB. De este modo se maximiza laintensidad de la señal con relación al ruido, garantizando la nitidez del sonido. Si el audio supera
dicho valor, es muy posible que ocurra una distorsión.
Consulte el apartado Configuración para obtener más información al respecto.

Botones del panel de control
Asilar canal izquierdo o derecho
Los botones SOLO LEFT y SOLO RIGHT permiten aislar el canal izquierdo o derecho, a fin dedetectar posibles problemas en cada uno de ellos en forma independiente.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Al presionar el botón SOLO LEFT se desactiva el canal derecho. El
medidor de audio continuará indicando ambos niveles.

Para supervisar el audio del canal izquierdo:

1

Presione el botón SOLO RIGHT. El botón se encenderá de color verde y el audio se escucharáa través del altavoz izquierdo solamente.

2

Presione el botón SOLO RIGHT nuevamente para regresar al modo en estéreo.

Para supervisar el canal derecho, repita los mismos pasos presionando el botón SOLO RIGHT.

Selección de canales
Estos botones permiten alternar entre los canales de audio integrados a la conexión SDI. Incluye
hasta 16 canales u 8 pares en SDI 3G. Presione los botones para desplazarse hacia arriba o abajo
por los canales de audio SDI integrados.
El dispositivo es compatible con tecnología SDI 12G que ofrece hasta 64 canales de audio o 32 pares.
Mantenga presionados los botones para desplazarse hacia arriba o abajo por todos los canales.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Uso del dispositivo

96

Entrada
Al presionar repetidamente el botón INPUT, es posible seleccionar la entrada SDI, AES/EBU, SMPTE
2110, analógica o de alta fidelidad para supervisar el equipo correspondiente.
La fuente seleccionada se escuchará por los altavoces, y además es posible monitorizar el audio en
los canales 1 y 2 de la señal HDMI transmitida.

NOTA: La salida HDMI transmitirá una imagen en negro al seleccionar las entradas AES/
EBU, HiFi o para audio analógico. La salida SDI derivada siempre transmite la fuente
conectada a la entrada SDI.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Silenciar
El botón MUTE permite silenciar los altavoces del panel de control y los auriculares. Al presionarlo
solo se verán afectados los altavoces y auriculares, no así el audio entrante. Oprima este botón
nuevamente para restablecer el audio. De forma alternativa, el sonido también puede volver aescucharse subiendo el volumen.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

VolumenEsta perilla permite ajustar el volumen de los altavoces y auriculares independientemente. El nivel
se indica en la pantalla integrada. Cuando los auriculares están conectados, el sonido se transmite a
través de ellos y no mediante los altavoces del equipo. El volumen puede subirse o bajarse
fácilmente girando la perilla hacia la izquierda o la derecha.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

El volumen se indica en la pantalla del panel de control.

Uso del dispositivo

97

ConfiguraciónBlackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
El programa utilitario permite seleccionar el tipo de medición del audio y actualizar el sistema
operativo interno del dispositivo.
Al conectar la unidad a un equipo informático mediante un cable USB, se puede modificar su
configuración y actualizar el sistema operativo interno a través del programa utilitario. En el caso delmodelo Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3, es posible actualizar el dispositivo y cambiar los ajustes
mediante el puerto USB o una red Ethernet.
Para instalar el programa utilitario:

1

Descargue la versión más reciente de los controladores desde nuestra página desoporte técnico.

2

Al finalizar la descarga, haga doble clic en el ícono Install Audio Monitor para dar inicio a lainstalación. Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la pantalla y haga clic Install.

3

Cuando el proceso haya terminado, busque la carpeta Blackmagic Audio Monitor en el
directorio de aplicaciones o programas y haga doble clic en Audio Monitor Setup.

El programa utilitario Audio Monitor Setup permite actualizar el softwareinterno y cambiar los ajustes de configuración del dispositivo.

Configuración

98

AudioEsta pestaña permite acceder a los ajustes para el retraso del audio y los distintos niveles desupervisión.

Retraso del audio
Al mover el control deslizante, es posible añadir un retraso a la señal transmitida mediante la salida
SDI derivada o HDMI. Dicho valor puede medirse en fotogramas o segundos.

Medidores de audio
Es posible seleccionar distintos modos de medición, por ejemplo, vúmetro (VU), picómetro (PPM) osonoridad con escalas EBU y BBC. El vúmetro es el más habitual, pero el picómetro y los medidoresde sonoridad proporcionan sistemas de escalas y medidas para la sonoridad percibida. El
dispositivo es compatible con los siguientes tipos de indicadores y escalas de medición:
Indicador

EscalaRango de medición

Presentación

VU–-45 a +3

Impreso en el dispositivo

PPM

EBU

-12 a +12

Rótulo adhesivo

PPM

BBC

1a7

Rótulo adhesivo

Loudness

EBU +9-18 a +9

Rótulo adhesivo

Loudness

EBU +18-36 a +18

Rótulo adhesivo

Loudness

Escala completa +9-41 a -14

Rótulo adhesivo

Loudness

Escala completa +18-59 a -5

Rótulo adhesivo

Configuración99

Vúmetro
Indica el nivel promedio máximo y mínimo de la señal de audio. Generalmente se utiliza para
monitorizar los picos, aunque también permite supervisar la sonoridad percibida debido a su
capacidad para determinar los valores medios.

Picómetro
Indica durante varios segundos el nivel máximo de la señal para determinar con exactitud el puntode saturación del audio.

Sonoridad
Muestra la percepción subjetiva de la audibilidad de la señal. Los estándares profesionales dedifusión audiovisual en la actualidad incluyen este tipo de indicador para obtener una intensidad deaudio consistente.
Tanto el vúmetro como el picómetro permiten seleccionar el nivel de referencia (-18 dB o -20 dB)
para cerciorarse de que la señal de audio se ajuste a los diversos estándares de teledifusión
internacionales.
Los ledes del dispositivo se iluminan de manera diferente en función del tipo de medidor
seleccionado. Por otro lado, a fin de facilitar la identificación exacta del valor de saturación, se
proporcionan rótulos adhesivos con distintas escalas de referencia en decibeles. Pegue el rótulo
requerido entre las dos filas de ledes, de manera que cubra la escala correspondiente al vúmetro
impresa en el dispositivo.
Se proporcionan dos etiquetas para cada modo y escala de medición. Estas también pueden
adquirirse en la oficina de Blackmagic Design más cercana.

Los rótulos adhesivos permiten identificar en forma precisa
el punto de saturación del audio en las distintas escalas.

Configuración100Configuración
La pestaña Setup muestra el número de versión del sistema operativo interno del dispositivo ypermite modificar los ajustes de red. Asimismo, es posible identificar la unidad con un nombre
específico a fin de encontrarla rápidamente cuando se conecta de manera remota.
Esta pestaña también incluye los ajustes de red del dispositivo.
Para asignarle un nombre al dispositivo:

1

Haga clic en la pestaña Setup.

2

Haga clic en el cuadro de texto Name y escriba el nombre deseado.

3

Haga clic en el botón Save en la parte inferior derecha de la interfaz.

Ajustes de red
La manera más fácil de gestionar varias unidades es acceder a ellas a través de una red. Esto es
posible mediante el programa Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.
El dispositivo está configurado de forma predeterminada para utilizar el protocolo DHCP, por lo cualadquiere una dirección de red automáticamente y puede seleccionarse de inmediato en la pantalla
de inicio del programa utilitario.

Acceso al programa utilitario
Es posible acceder al programa utilitario cuando el dispositivo está conectado a un equipo
informático mediante una red o el puerto USB. Para evitar que otros usuarios accedan a través de lared, seleccione la opción USB only.

Restablecer
Seleccione la opción Factory Reset para restablecer la configuración original del dispositivo.

Configuración

101

2110
El programa utilitario incluye una pestaña para configurar los ajustes de las señales IP SMPTE 2110
del reloj patrón para el protocolo de tiempo preciso (PTP).

Receptor 2110
Marque la casilla 2110 Receiver para ver las fuentes de audio solamente.
Para seleccionar la señal que desea recibir, haga clic en la lupa a la derecha del campo Receiver. Se
abrirá una ventana que muestra todas las fuentes disponibles con su respectivos nombres y nodos
IP. Resalte una señal y haga clic en el botón Select. La ventana se cerrará y el nombre de la señal
aparecerá en el campo Receiver. La fuente entrante se verá en la pantalla del dispositivo.

Ajustes del reloj PTP
Estos ajustes permiten modificar la configuración del dispositivo maestro.

Al conectar la unidad a un conmutador de red 10G con un reloj patrón PTP, es preciso configurarla
en modo de seguimiento, a fin de evitar conflictos en la sincronización.
Si la unidad se ha conectado a otro equipo IP 2110, por ejemplo, un Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G
Converter, marque la casilla PTP Follower Only para uno de ellos.

Número de dominio
Introduzca el número de dominio de forma tal que coincida con el del dispositivo PTP maestro.
Generalmente, dicho número es 127, pero es posible introducir uno distinto en el campo
correspondiente.

Dispositivo maestro
El campo Master indica la dirección MAC del dispositivo PTP maestro, ya sea una unidad externa uotro equipo Blackmagic 2110 IP.

Sincronización PTP
El campo PTP Lock indica si el dispositivo está sincronizado con un reloj patrón a través de la
red Ethernet.

Prioridad
Los ajustes Priority 1 y Priority 2 permiten elegir el dispositivo PTP maestro preferido si hay varios
conectados a la red. Un número menor indica una mayor prioridad.

Configuración102

Anunciar intervalo y tiempo de espera
Los campos Announce Interval y Announce Timeout deben coincidir con las especificaciones deldispositivo PTP maestro que transmite mensajes de sincronización generalmente cada dos
segundos o dos mil milisegundos. Para cambiar la frecuencia del mensaje, seleccione otra de las
opciones disponibles en el menú. Los intervalos disponibles para estos ajustes dependerán deldispositivo PTP maestro.

Actualización del software interno
1

Conecte el dispositivo a un equipo informático mediante el puerto USB o Ethernet.

2

Ejecute el programa Audio Monitor Setup.

3

Al hacer clic en el ícono de configuración, el programa indicará si es necesario realizar una
actualización.

4

En caso afirmativo, haga clic en el botón Update para dar inicio al proceso.

Haga clic en el botón Update para
actualizar el software interno.

Una barra indica el progreso de la actualización.

5

Haga clic en el botón Close al finalizar la actualización.

Configuración103

Información para desarrolladoresBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Configuración104

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Configuración105

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Configuración106Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Configuración

107

AyudaCómo obtener ayuda
La forma más rápida de obtener ayuda es visitando las páginas de soporte técnico en el sitio web
de Blackmagic Design, donde es posible acceder al material de apoyo más reciente.

Página de soporte técnico de Blackmagic Design
Las versiones más recientes del manual, el software del equipo y el material de apoyo seencuentran disponibles en nuestra página de soporte técnico.

Foro de Blackmagic Design
Este foro permite compartir ideas creativas y constituye un recurso útil para obtener más
información sobre nuestros productos. Allí también es posible encontrar rápidamente respuestas deusuarios experimentados o suministradas por el personal de Blackmagic Design. Para acceder alforo, visite la página http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com.

Cómo ponerse en contacto con nuestro equipo de soporte técnico
Si no encuentra la ayuda que necesita, solicite asistencia técnica mediante el botón Enviar correo
electrónico situado en la parte inferior de la página de soporte en nuestro sitio web. De forma
alternativa, haga clic en el botón Soporte técnico local para acceder al número telefónico del centro
de atención más cercano.

Cómo comprobar la versión del software instalada
Siga los pasos descritos a continuación para verificar la versión del programa Blackmagic Audio
Monitor Setup instalada en su equipo informático.
 En macOS, ejecute el programa desde la carpeta de aplicaciones. Seleccione About
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup en el menú de la aplicación para ver el número de la versión.
 En Windows 10, abra el programa desde la página de inicio. Haga clic en el menú Ayuda yseleccione la opción About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup para ver el número de versión.

Cómo obtener las actualizaciones más recientes
Después de verificar la versión del programa instalada, visite nuestra página de soporte técnicopara comprobar si hay actualizaciones disponibles. Aunque generalmente es recomendable instalarlas últimas actualizaciones, evite realizar modificaciones al sistema operativo interno si se encuentra
en medio de un proyecto importante.

Ayuda

108

Normativas
Desecho de equipos eléctricos y electrónicos en la Unión Europea:
Este símbolo indica que el dispositivo no debe desecharse junto con otros residuos
domésticos. A tales efectos, es preciso llevarlo a un centro de recolección para su posterior
reciclaje. Esto ayuda a preservar los recursos naturales y garantiza que dicho
procedimiento se realice protegiendo la salud y el medioambiente. Para obtener más
información al respecto, comuníquese con el distribuidor o el centro de reciclaje
más cercano.
Según las pruebas realizadas, este equipo cumple con los límites indicados paradispositivos digitales Clase A, en conformidad con la sección 15 de las normas establecidas
por la Comisión Federal de Comunicaciones. Esto permite proporcionar una protección
razonable contra interferencias nocivas al operar el dispositivo en un entorno comercial.
Este equipo usa, genera y puede irradiar energía de radiofrecuencia, y si no se instala outiliza de acuerdo con el manual de instrucciones, podría ocasionar interferencias nocivas
para las comunicaciones radiales. El funcionamiento de este equipo en una zonaresidencial podría ocasionar interferencias nocivas, en cuyo caso el usuario deberá
solucionar dicho inconveniente por cuenta propia.
El funcionamiento de este equipo está sujeto a las siguientes condiciones:

1

El dispositivo no debe causar interferencias nocivas.

2

El dispositivo debe admitir cualquier interferencia recibida, incluidas aquellas que
puedan provocar un funcionamiento incorrecto del mismo.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004

Declaración ISED (Canadá)
Esta cámara cumple con los estándares canadienses para dispositivos
digitales Clase A.
Cualquier modificación o uso indebido del mismo podría acarrear un incumplimiento dedichas normas.
Las conexiones a interfaces HDMI deberán realizarse mediante cables blindados.
Este equipo cumple con las normas descritas anteriormente al emplearse en entornos
comerciales. Nótese que podría ocasionar interferencia radial al utilizarlo en ambientes
domésticos.

Normativas

109

Seguridad
Para evitar el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este equipo debe enchufarse a una toma de corriente
que disponga de un cable a tierra. Ante cualquier duda, póngase en contacto con un electricista
capacitado.
A fin de reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, evite exponer el equipo a goteras o salpicaduras.
Este equipo puede utilizarse en climas tropicales, a una temperatura ambiente máxima de 40 ºC.
Compruebe que haya suficiente ventilación en torno a la unidad.
Al instalar el equipo en un bastidor, verifique que el dispositivo contiguo no impida la ventilación.
La reparación de los componentes internos del equipo no debe ser llevada a cabo por el usuario.
Comuníquese con nuestro centro de atención más cercano para obtener información al respecto.
Evite utilizar el equipo a una altura mayor de 2000 metros.

Declaración del Estado de California
Las partes plásticas de este producto pueden contener trazas de compuestos químicos, tales comopolibromobifenilos (PBB), que el Estado de California reconoce como causantes de cáncer,
anomalías congénitas o daños reproductivos.
Consulte el sitio www.P65Warnings.ca.gov para obtener más información al respecto.

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Seguridad

110Garantía
12 meses de garantía limitada
Blackmagic Design garantiza que el producto adquirido no presentará defectos en los materiales o en
su fabricación por un período de 12 meses a partir de la fecha de compra. Si un producto resulta
defectuoso durante el período de validez de la garantía, Blackmagic Design podrá optar por reemplazarloo repararlo sin cargo alguno por concepto de piezas y/o mano de obra.
Para acceder al servicio proporcionado bajo los términos de esta garantía, el Cliente deberá dar avisodel defecto a Blackmagic Design antes de su vencimiento y encargarse de los arreglos necesariospara la prestación del mismo. El Cliente será responsable por el empaque y el envío del producto
defectuoso al centro de servicio técnico designado por Blackmagic Design y deberá abonar las tarifas
postales por adelantado. El Cliente será responsable de todos los gastos de envío, seguros, aranceles,
impuestos y cualquier otro importe que surja con relación a la devolución de productos por cualquier motivo.
Esta garantía carecerá de validez ante defectos o daños causados por un uso indebido o por falta decuidado y mantenimiento. Blackmagic Design no tendrá obligación alguna de prestar el servicio
estipulado en esta garantía para (a) reparar daños provocados por intentos de personal ajeno a
Blackmagic Design de instalar, reparar o realizar un mantenimiento del producto; (b) reparar daños
resultantes del uso de equipos incompatibles o conexiones a los mismos; (c) reparar cualquier daño omal funcionamiento provocado por el uso de piezas o repuestos no suministrados por Blackmagic Design;o (d) brindar servicio técnico a un producto que haya sido modificado o integrado con otros productos,
cuando dicha modificación o integración tenga como resultado un aumento de la dificultad o el tiempo
necesario para reparar el producto. ESTA GARANTÍA OFRECIDA POR BLACKMAGIC DESIGN REEMPLAZACUALQUIER OTRA GARANTÍA, EXPRESA O IMPLÍCITA. POR MEDIO DE LA PRESENTE, BLACKMAGICDESIGN Y SUS DISTRIBUIDORES RECHAZAN CUALQUIER GARANTÍA IMPLÍCITA DE COMERCIALIZACIÓNO IDONEIDAD PARA UN PROPÓSITO PARTICULAR. LA RESPONSABILIDAD DE BLACKMAGIC DESIGNEN CUANTO A LA REPARACIÓN O SUSTITUCIÓN DE PRODUCTOS DEFECTUOSOS CONSTITUYEUNA COMPENSACIÓN COMPLETA Y EXCLUSIVA PROPORCIONADA AL CLIENTE POR CUALQUIERDAÑO INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, FORTUITO O EMERGENTE, AL MARGEN DE QUE BLACKMAGIC DESIGNO SUS DISTRIBUIDORES HAYAN SIDO ADVERTIDOS CON ANTERIORIDAD SOBRE LA POSIBILIDAD
DE TALES DAÑOS. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NO SE HACE RESPONSABLE POR EL USO ILEGAL DE
EQUIPOS POR PARTE DEL CLIENTE. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NO SE HACE RESPONSABLE POR DAÑOS
CAUSADOS POR EL USO DE ESTE PRODUCTO. EL USUARIO UTILIZA EL PRODUCTO BAJO SU PROPIARESPONSABILIDAD.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Todos los derechos reservados. Blackmagic Design, DeckLink, HDLink, Workgroup Videohub,
Multibridge Pro, Multibridge Extreme, Intensity y Leading the creative video revolution son marcas registradas en Estados Unidos
y otros países. Todos los demás nombres de compañías y productos pueden ser marcas comerciales de las respectivas empresasa las que estén asociadas.

Garantía111

2024年7月

安装操作手册

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3

中文

欢迎辞
感谢您购买和使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor！
我们的梦想是希望人人都能拥有最优质的视频设备，从而使广电行业成为真正充满创
意的行业。
无论是广电、后期制作或现场制作，音频监测对于任何视频制作工作流程都至关
重要。 Blackmagic Audio Monitor以紧凑的机架式设计，为您带来专业音频监测
器的所有功能。它可以连接几乎所有音频设备并获得高质量技监，获得高品质监听。 Blackmagic Audio Monitor原始机型支持 6G - SDI，可连接高达每秒 30帧的
Ultra HD视频。Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G支持12G-SDI，可连接高达每秒60
帧的Ultra HD视频，并且支持A级和B级3G-SDI视频信号输入。此外，Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12G G3支持上至12G-SDI，通过SMPTE 2110 IP视频使用10G以太网。
本操作手册包含使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor所需之全部信息。
请登陆我公司网站 www. blackmagicdesign. com / cn的支持页面获得 Blackmagic
Audio Monitor的最新版操作手册及其各项内部软件更新。同时，请注意定时更新内部软件以便获得最新功能。下载软件时，请注册您的相关信息，以便我们发布新软件时能及时通知您。我们不断致力于产品的功能开发和改进，因此我们热忱期待您的意见和建议！

Grant Petty
Blackmagic Design首席执行官

目录
入门

115

音频选项卡

121

Blackmagic Audio Monitor简介

115设置选项卡

123

连接音频 

115

2110选项卡124

选择音频源

116

更新内部软件125连接视频输出

116

Developer Information 

126

使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor

117

LCD

117

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

126

音频电平表

118

帮助

130

控制面板按钮

118

监管告知

131

Audio Monitor Setup软件

120

安全信息

132

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup软件

120

保修

133

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

114

入门
Blackmagic Audio Monitor简介
Blackmagic Audio Monitor和Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G有着仅1RU的小巧机身，它可广泛用于各类视频和音频源的现场制作、后期制作以及广播等工作环境中，是实时音频监测的完美解决方案。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor可连接SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI、数字AES/EBU以及模拟音频设备，可确保输出正确的音频电平。12G机型支持12G-SDI，可连接高达每秒60帧的Ultra HD视频。通过左右声道LED音频表可监看音频峰值位置，而内置LCD屏幕则可显示SDI视频输入以及输入接口类型、视频格式、帧率、音频通道以及音量等重要信息。
您可以监测多达16路SDI嵌入音频，或使用XLR接口用于平衡模拟音频以及AES/EBU数字音频。此外，
其RCA接口还可以连接到各类消费级设备，如HiFi系统和iPod等。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor配备两个高质量内部全频域扬声器和两个低音炮，音域宽广，高音清脆，低音浑厚。在嘈杂的环境中，您可以使用耳机进行更精准的音频监听！

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G的前面板

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G的后面板

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3G型号还支持接收包括压缩12G-SDI等原生2110视频流。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3的后面板

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3的后面板

连接音频Blackmagic Audio Monitor几乎支持所有音频设备！如果想以SD、HD、2K甚至Ultra HD连接到SDI信号，只需使用标准BNC接头连接SDI输入即可。12G机型支持A级和B级3G-SDI视频信号输入。
如果想从磁盘录机、数字音频控制台或从调音台及Betacam SP录机等模拟设备监听AES/EBU数字音频，则选择XLR接头连接。来自VCR和DVD播放器等消费级模拟音频设备可使用标准RCA接口连接。您
还能使用1/4英寸TRS耳机插口对音频进行个人监听以防干扰他人。

入门

115

PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

5

2

3

1

6

7

1. 10G以太网 2. USB-C 3. HDMI 4K输出
4. 12G-SDI输入和12G-SDI输出   5. 用于AES/EBU的XLR输入 
6. 用于模拟音频的XLR输入 7. 用于连接消费级音频的RCA立体声输入选择音频源将音频设备连接到Blackmagic Audio Monitor之后，只需按控制面板上的“INPUT”（输入）按钮即可选择连接。选定输入信号并成功连接音频后，即可观察到LED音频表开始工作。音频表由两排明亮的彩
色LED指示灯组成，可帮助您快速确认音频输入状态。
按下“输入”（INPUT）按钮便可逐个选择音频连接，而彩色LCD屏幕则会显示输入类型、音频通道和音量等信息。只要掌握了这些信息，您就可以使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor进行音频技监了！

连接视频输出如果需要同时进行视频和音频监测，Blackmagic Audio Monitor可将视频输出到大屏幕或连接到其他视频设备以便您进行视音频监测。
您可使用HDMI和SDI环通输出来监测视频以及内嵌音频。只需单根SDI线缆便可将连接如DeckLink 4K
Extreme等SD、HD、2K甚至Ultra HD采集设备。还可通过SD/HD-SDI接口将内嵌音频的视频连接到HyperDeck Studio等录机，或者通过HDMI接口连接最新Ultra HD显示器及投影仪。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3还可以将ST2110输入转换成HDMI和12G-SDI，两路输出可以跟
随SDIxc或2110输入，具体可通过前面板输入按钮选择而定。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3

INPUT

R

您可通过不同按钮选定您想监测的输入类型，如分离左右立体声道、音频通道上调和下调以及扬声器或耳机静音功能等。

入门

116

使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Blackmagic Audio Monitor的控制面板简单易用，可快速选定主要功能和状态。

LCD设备内置的彩色LCD屏幕有文本重叠功能，连接SDI接口时可显示您所选定的输入信号及视频格式等重要状态信息，还能帮助您选择音频通道、扬声器及耳机音量等。这款LCD屏幕还会显示输入的SDI视频信号。如果未检测到SDI视频，设备会显示一个音乐图标。
每个选定输入所显示的信息如下：

SDI输入
SDI、视频格式、所选音频通道。

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

彩色LCD屏幕会显示视频和音频信息，包括连接方式、视频格式、选定音
频通道以及音量等。

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

在没有监看SDI或SMPTE 2110信号时，通常LCD屏幕上会始终显示音乐图标。

10G以太网2110输入SMPTE-2110 IP视频包括SMPTE-2110-30音频支持。

平衡AES/EBU XLR输入AES/EBU、所选音频通道。

平衡XLR模拟输入
模拟，所选音频通道。

非平衡RCA模拟输入
HiFi，所选音频通道。

使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor

117音频电平表Blackmagic Audio Monitor的音频电平表设有两排绿橙红LED指示灯，不同色彩分别代表不同的音频电平强度。如果所有LED指示灯都亮起，则表示您的音频电平过高并存在削波现象。
您在Audio Monitor Setup实用程序中选择的音频表类型设置不同，音频电平表给出的反馈也有所不同。如果您使用的是VU表技监，请调整相应音频设备上的输出电平，使得音频达到峰值时，控制面板上的
指示灯对准0dB刻度处。此操作可达到最高信噪比，确保最佳音频质量。如果音频峰值超过0dB刻度，则
很有可能导致声音失真。
请参考“Audio Monitor Setup软件”章节获取安装Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup实用程序以及设置电平表类型的具体操作细节。

控制面板按钮
单放左声道和单放右声道这两个按钮可以分离左右声道，这样您就可以对每个声道进行单独监听，以便找到问题。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

选择SOLO LEFT（单放左声道）按钮可停止播放右声道。音频电平表仍可继续显示两个声道的电平。

监听左声道音频：1

按下“SOLO LEFT”（单放左声道）按钮。此时按钮的绿色背光将会亮起，扬声器开始单独播放左声
道音频。

2

再次按下“SOLO LEFT”（单放左声道）按钮回到立体声音频监听。

要监听右声道音频，按“SOLO RIGHT”（单放右声道）重复上述步骤即可。

上调音频通道和下调音频通道您可通过这两个按钮对内嵌在SDI接口的音频通道进行逐个查看。对于3G-SDI，这包含最多16个通道，
即8对。按下通道“上”和“下”按钮，在SDI内嵌音频通道之间上下移动。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G支持12G-SDI，包含最多64个音频通道，即32对通道。按住向上箭头或向下箭头按钮可快速在通道间滚动。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor

118

输入
重复按“INPUT”（输入）按钮可逐个扫描并查看SDI、AES/EBU、SMPTE 2110、模拟以及HiFi输入，以便
您选择想要监测的视音频设备。
选定的音频输入可通过内置扬声器进行监听，您也可以在HDMI输出的CH 1和2上监测音频。

备注 当选择模拟、AES/EBU或HiFi输入时，HDMI输出将显示黑场视频。SDI环通输出总是输
出与SDI输入连接的视频和音频。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

静音
这一按钮可使Blackmagic Audio Monitor控制面板上的扬声器以及耳机静音。静音效果不会影响音频
输入，只会影响扬声器和耳机输出。再次按下静音图标按钮便可取消控制面板扬声器和耳机的静音。另
外，通过按增加音量按钮也可恢复音频。

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

音量
这一旋钮可单独调节扬声器和耳机音量。音量会显示在内置LCD屏幕上。当连接耳机时，Blackmagic
Audio Monitor的扬声器会呈静音状态，此时音频通过耳机输出。通过顺时针和逆时针旋转音量旋钮便可轻松调节音量大小。

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

音量显示在控制面板的LCD屏幕上。

使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor

119

Audio Monitor Setup软件Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup软件Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup实用程序可用来设置您想要的音频电平表类型，并可更新Blackmagic
Audio Monitor的内部软件。
将Blackmagic Audio Monitor原始机型通过USB与计算机连接后，您可以使用实用程序修改配置设置
及更新内部软件。在Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3上，您还可以通过以太网更新设备和修改设置，但您需要连接USB才可以修改网络设置。
安装Audio Monitor Setup步骤如下：1访问网址www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support，并下载最新版Blackmagic Audio Monitor
驱动软件。

2

下载结束后，双击“Install Audio Monitor”图标运行安装程序。按照提示按下“Install”来安装该软件。

3

安装完软件后，在应用程序或程序文件夹中导航到“Blackmagic Audio Monitor”文件夹，双击“Audio
Monitor Setup”。

使用Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup实用软件更新Blackmagic Audio
Monitor的内部软件，以及修改配置设置。

Audio Monitor Setup软件

120

音频选项卡
点击音频选项卡可显示音频延迟和监听电平设置。

音频延迟调整滑块可为HDMI和SDI环通输出连接添加音频延迟。您可以选择以帧或毫秒调整延迟。

音频电平表您可选择VU表、PPM表或响度计等音频表类型以及EBU和BBC等测量标准。如今，VU表已逐渐标准化，PPM表和响度计则可以提供度量系统，或测量感知到的响度。下表列出了设备所支持的音频电平表及其相应的度量组合。

音频表类型

测量标准

测量范围

如何使用

VU表

-

- 45到+3

印于设备

PPM表

EBU

-12到+12

贴标

PPM表

BBC

1到7

贴标

响度计

EBU +9-18到+9贴标响度计

EBU +18-36到+18贴标响度计满刻度 +9- 41到-14贴标响度计满刻度 +18-59到-5贴标

Audio Monitor Setup软件

121

VU表
该表可反馈音频信号中峰谷的平均值。它最常用于监测信号中的峰值，但是由于它具备平均值功能，因此也可用于监测音频的感知响度。

PPM表该表具有“峰 值保 持”功能，可 暂时保留信号峰 值，并可缓 慢下降 还 原，以便您明确音 频于 何处
达到峰值。

响度计
该表可显示音频信号响度的主观质量。为了确保音频响度一致，现在的播出标准都包括响度技监。

VU 表和 PPM 表都可以选择- 18dB 或-20dB 两种参考电平，因此您可以按照不同的国际播出标准监测音频。

Blackmagic Audio Monitor的LED指示灯会根据所选的音频表类型相应给出不同反馈供您参考。
Blackmagic Audio Monitor提供准确的dB参考刻度贴标，可帮助您明确音频于何处达到峰值。
只需揭开贴纸并粘贴到位于两排彩色LED指示灯之间的位置，覆盖当前的VU表刻度即可。
每类音频电平表所对应的测量标准各备有两张刻度贴标。您也可向当地Blackmagic Design办事处获
取贴标。

产品内附贴标，以便您使用各类音频表时都能准确监看音频峰值位置。

Audio Monitor Setup软件122设置选项卡
设置选项卡列出了软件版本号码，并包含Blackmagic Audio Monitor的网络设置信息。您也可以自定义设备名称。远程连接时，命名设备可以帮助您快速找到设备。设置选项卡还包括Audio Monitor的网络设置。
如要命名您的Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G：

1

点击“Setup”（设置）选项卡。

2

点击“Name”（名称）文本框并输入新标签。

3在实用程序屏幕右下方点击“Save”（保存）。

网络设置通过网络访问Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G是管理多台设备最简便的方法。您可通过Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup来实现这一操控。Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G默认是DHCP，所以会自动获取网络地址，方便您从实用程序主菜单中快速选择。
如果您无法在网络上找到Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G，或者之前设置使用的静态地址无匹配当前
网络，您可能需要到设备上手动更改其网络设置。

允许实用程序管理当您的设备通过网络或USB连接时，就可以访问Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup了。要防止用户通过网络访问，请选择“USB only”（仅USB）。

重置
选择“Factory Reset”（恢复出厂设置）后可将Audio Monitor 12G恢复到出厂时的设置。

Audio Monitor Setup软件1232110选项卡
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3包括一个配置SMPTE 2110 IP视频流的选项卡和PTP Grandmaster
设置。

2110接收器
如果仅是映射音频源，请勾选“Show Audio Sources Only”复选框。
要指派想要接收的视频流， 请点击接收器栏右侧的放大镜图标。该操作可打开一个窗口，会显示所有可
用的视频源列表与IP节点和视频流源标签。高光某个视频流并点击选择按钮。该窗口会关闭，视频流标签会出现在接收器栏。现在您将在Audio Monitor的LCD显示屏上看到所接收的视频源。

PTP时钟设置
PTP设置可让您为PTP Grandmaster配置设置。

将Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3连接到拥有PTP Grandmaster的10G网络交换机时，需要将其设置为Follower从属模式以防止时间冲突。如果将Audio Monitor连接到Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G
Converter等另一个2110 IP设备时，请勾选PTP Follower复选框。

Domain Number（域编号）输入与PTP Grandmaster匹配的域编号。通常是127， 但可以在该栏中输入其他域编号来更改。

Master（主地址）
主地址栏显示了PTP Grandmaster的MAC地址。这可以是单独的Grandmaster设备，或者是另一台Blackmagic 2110 IP设备。

PTP Lock（PTP时钟）
当Audio Monitor通过以太网锁定PTP时钟时，PTP时钟栏会予以确认。

Priority（优先级）Priority 1和2设置允许您在网络上有多个PTP Grandmaster时设置可用的首选PTP Grandmaster。数字越低优先级越高。
Announce Interval（报文间隔）和Announce Timeout（报文超时）报文间隔和报文超时栏需要与PTP Grandmaster技术规格相符，通常每两秒或2000毫秒传送一次同步消息。要更改消息的频率，可使用菜单选择不同时间。报文间隔和报文超时的可用范围具体根据您的
PTP Grandmaster而定。

Audio Monitor Setup软件

124

更新内部软件
1

通过USB或以太网将Blackmagic Audio Monitor连接到您的计算机。

2

打开Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup软件。

3点击配置图标后，实用程序会提示您是否需要更新。

4

如果需要更新，请点击“Update”按钮，并完成软件安装。

点击“Update”按钮开始内部软件更新。

进度条可显示更新状态。

5

更新完成后，点击“Close”按钮关闭。

Audio Monitor Setup软件125

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Audio Monitor Setup软件126

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Audio Monitor Setup软件127This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Audio Monitor Setup软件

128

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Audio Monitor Setup软件

129

帮助
获得帮助
获得帮助最快捷的方法是登陆Blackmagic Design在线支持页面，浏览Blackmagic Audio Monitor
的相关最新支持材料。

Blackmagic Design在线支持页面
请登陆Blackmagic Design支持中心www.blackmagicdesign.com /cn/support获得最新版操作手
册、软件以及技术答疑文章。

Blackmagic Design论坛您可以登陆我们的网站访问Blackmagic Design论坛，获得更多信息和有用的创意资源。访问论坛也是获取帮助的一个捷径，因为论坛中不乏经验丰富的用户和Blackmagic Design的员工，他们都能为您答
疑解惑。请登陆网址http:// forum.blackmagicdesign.com进入论坛。

联系Blackmagic Design支持中心
如果我们提供的支持信息和论坛均无法解答您的疑问，请到支持页面下点击“给我们发送电子邮件”按钮
即可发送技术支持请求。或者，您也可以点击支持页面下的“查找您所在地区的支持团队”按钮，致电您所
在地区的Blackmagic Design支持中心获得帮助。

查看当前安装的软件版本
要检查您计算机上所安装的Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup软件版本，请打开“About Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup”窗口查看。
 在macOS系统下，请到“应用程序”文件夹中打开Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup软件，并到应
用程序菜单中选择“About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup”即可查看版本号。
 在Windows 10系统下，请从开始页面的Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup板块打开Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup。点击“Help”（帮助）菜单并选择“About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup”
即可查看版本号。

如何获得软件更新检查完您电脑上安装的 Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup 软件版本号之后，请登录网址www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support访问Blackmagic Design支持中心查看最新版本。请及时
将软件升级到最新版本，但切勿在重要项目制作过程中升级软件。

帮助

130

监管告知
在欧盟范围内处置电子垃圾和电子设备的注意事项。
根据产品所附的提示标志，本设备不得与其它废弃材料共同处置。处置废弃设备时，必须交给
指定收集点进行回收。对废弃设备进行单独收集并回收能够节省自然资源，且回收方式不会损害环境和人体健康。获取更多关于废弃设备回收点的信息，请联系您所在城市的回收站，或当时购买设备的经销商。
本设备经过测试，符合FCC规则的第15部分对A类数字设备的限制。这些限制旨在为运行于商业环境中的设备提供合理保护，使其免受有害干扰的影响。本设备可生成、使用且辐射射频能量，如果未按照安装手册来安装和使用本设备，则可能导致对无线电通信的有害干扰。在住宅区运行本
产品可能会产生有害干扰，在这种情况下将由用户自行承担消除干扰的费用。
必须满足以下条件后方可操作：

1

设备不会造成有害干扰。

2设备必须能够承受任何干扰，包括可能导致意外操作的干扰。

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004
加拿大ISED认证声明
本设备符合加拿大A类数码产品的相关标准。
任何对本产品的改装或预期用途之外的使用均可能导致相关标准认证无效。
必须使用有高品质屏蔽的HDMI电缆连接HDMI接口。
本设备经检测符合商业环境使用要求。在家用环境中，本设备可能会造成无线电干扰。

监管告知

131

安全信息
为避免触电，设备必须连接在配有保护地线的电源插座。如有疑问，请与具有相关资质的电工进行确认。
为了降低触电风险，请勿将设备放在会滴水或溅水的地方。
本产品适合在环境温度低于40ºC的热带地区使用。
确保设备四周留有足够的空间，不受阻碍。
安装在机架上时，确保相邻设备不会影响通风。
设备内部没有操作人员可维护的零件。维修服务请联系当地Blackmagic Design服务中心。
请在海拔高度2000米以下的地区使用。
加利福尼亚安全声明
该产品可能会使您暴露于微量的化学制品之下，比如塑料部分中含有的多溴化联苯，该物质已被加利福尼亚州列为可导致癌症、出生缺陷或其他生殖伤害。
详情请访问网址www.P65Warnings.ca.gov。
欧洲办事处Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

安全信息

132

保修
12个月有限保修
Blackmagic Design保证本产品自购买之日起12个月内不会有材料和工艺上的缺陷。若本产品在保修期内出现质量问题，Blackmagic Design可选择为产品提供免费修理或更换零部件，或者更换
缺陷产品。
为确保消费者有权享受本保修条款中的服务，如遇产品质量问题请务必在保修期内联系Blackmagic
Design并妥善安排保修事宜。消费者应将缺陷产品包装并运送到Blackmagic Design的指定服务中心进行维修，运费由消费者承担并预先支付。若消费者因任何原因退货，所有运费、保险费、关税等各项税
务以及其他费用均由消费者承担。
本保修条款不适用于任何因使用、维护不当或保养不周造成的缺陷、故障或损坏。根据本保修服务，Blackmagic Design的保修服务范围不包括以下内容：1. 对由非Blackmagic Design专门人员进行的安装、维修或保养所造成的损坏进行维修，2. 对因使用不当或连接到不兼容设备所造成的损坏进行维
修，3. 对因使用了非Blackmagic Design生产的零部件所导致的损坏或故障进行维修，及 4. 对经过改装
或和其他产品进行组装的产品进行保养维修（因为产品经改装或组装后会增加保养维修所需时间或保养难度）。本保修条款由BLACKMAGIC DESIGN提供，它可取代所有其他明示或隐含的保修。BLACKMAGICDESIGN及其供应商对任何有关适销性及就特定用途的适用性等隐含保证不作任何担保。BLACKMAGICDESIGN负责为消费者提供缺陷产品的维修或更换服务是完整和排他性补救措施，不论BLACKMAGICDESIGN或其供应商是否事先获悉发生间接、特殊、偶然或必然损坏等损坏的可能性。若消费者对本设备进
行非法使用，BLACKMAGIC DESIGN概不负责。对因使用本产品造成的损失，BLACKMAGIC DESIGN
概不负责。本产品的操作风险由用户自行承担。
© 版权所有 2024 Blackmagic Design。保留一切权利。“Blackmagic Design”、“DeckLink”、“HDLink”、“Workgroup Videohub”、“Multibridge Pro”、“Multibridge Extreme”、“Intensity”以及“Leading the creative video revolution”均为美国及其他国家的注册商标。所有其他公司名称及产品名称可能是其他所有者的注册商标。

保修

133

2024년 7월설치 및 사용 설명서Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3한국어환영합니다.
여러분의 프로덕션 작업을 위해 Blackmagic Audio Monitor를 구입해 주셔서 감사합니다.
모두가 고화질의 비디오 장비를 사용할 수 있도록 하여 TV 산업을 진정한 창조 산업으로발전시켜 나가려는 저희의 목표를 함께 이뤄갈 수 있기를 희망합니다.
오디오 모니터링은 방송/후반 제작/라이브 제작 같은 비디오 제작 워크플로에서 매우중요한 작업입니다. Blackmagic Audio Monitor는 전문가용 오디오 모니터에서 제공하는모든 기능을 소형 랙마운트 디자인에 담은 제품입니다. 사실상 거의 모든 종류의 오디오장비에 연결하여 고화질 모니터링을 수행할 수 있습니다. 기존 Blackmagic Audio Monitor
모델은 최대 30fps의 UHD 영상을 연결할 수 있는 6G -SDI를 지원합니다. Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G 는 최대 60fps의 UHD 영상을 연결할 수 있는 12G -SDI를 지원할뿐 아니라 레벨 A 와 레벨 B의 3G -SDI 영상 신호 입력도 지원합니다. Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G G3는 10G 이더넷을 사용하는 SMPTE 2110 IP 비디오를 통해 최대
12G -SDI를 지원합니다.
본 설명서에는 Blackmagic Audio Monitor 사용에 필요한 모든 정보가 담겨있습니다.
자사의 웹사이트 www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr 고객지원 페이지에서 최신 버전의Blackmagic Audio Monitor 설명서와 소프트웨어 업데이트를 확인하실 수 있습니다.
최신 버전의 내부 소프트웨어 업데이트를 통해 항상 새로운 기능을 이용하실 수 있습니다.
소프트웨어를 다운로드할 때 사용자 정보를 등록하시면 새로운 소프트웨어가 출시될때마다 업데이트 소식을 받아보실 수 있습니다. 저희는 새로운 기능과 제품 향상을 위해서끊임없이 노력하고 있으며, 항상 고객 여러분의 의견을 기다립니다!

Blackmagic Design의 CEO 그랜트 패티목차시작하기   137

오디오 탭 (Audio)

143

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 소개

137

설정(Setup) 탭145오디오 연결하기

137

2110 탭

146

오디오 소스 선택하기

138

내부 소프트웨어 업데이트하기

147

비디오 출력과 연결하기

138

Developer Information   148

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 사용하기  139LCD 139

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4  148

오디오 레벨 미터140

지원   152

컨트롤 패널 버튼140

규제 사항  153

Audio Monitor Setup  142

안전 정보  154

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup보증  155

142

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

136

시작하기
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 소개Blackmagic Audio Monitor와 Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 는 다양한 비디오 및 오디오소스를 라이브/후반 제작/방송 환경에서 사용 가능한 1RU 크기의 실시간 오디오 모니터링 솔루션입니다.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor를 SD/ HD/ 3G/6G -SDI 및 디지털 AES/ EBU, 아날로그 오디오장비에 연결하여 올바른 오디오 레벨을 출력하는지 확인할 수 있습니다. 12G 모델은 12G -SDI를 지원하여최대 60fps의 UHD 를 연결할 수 있습니다. 좌/우 채널의 LED 레벨 미터를 통해 오디오가 피킹되는 지점을확인할 수 있으며, 내장 LCD 를 통해 SDI 비디오 입력뿐만 아니라 연결 유형, 비디오 포맷, 프레임 속도,오디오 채널, 볼륨 크기 등의 중요한 정보가 표시됩니다.
최대 16채널의 임베디드 SDI 오디오를 모니터링 하거나 균형 아날로그 및 AES/ EBU 디지털 오디오를위해 XLR 커넥터를 사용할 수 있습니다. RCA 커넥터 또한 탑재되어 있어 HiFi 시스템과 iPod 등의 일반소비자용 장비를 연결할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor는 2개의 풀레인지 스피커와 2개의 서브우퍼를 탑재해 깨끗하고 깊은 음향재생을 위한 광범위한 주파수를 제공합니다. 또한 소란스러운 환경에서 작업할 경우에는 헤드셋을 연결해정확한 음향을 모니터링할 수도 있습니다!

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 전면 패널의 모습Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 뒷면 패널의 모습Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 모델은 또한 압축 12G -SDI 신호를 포함한 네이티브 2110 스트리밍수신 지원 기능을 제공합니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 전면 패널의 모습Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 뒷면 패널의 모습오디오 연결하기
Blackmagic Audio Monitor는 거의 모든 종류의 오디오 장비를 지원합니다! SD/ HD/ 2K / UHD의 SDI
신호를 연결하려면 표준 BNC 커넥터를 사용하여 SDI 입력을 통해 연결할 수 있습니다. 12G 모델은 레벨A 와 레벨 B 3G -SDI 비디오 신호 입력을 지원합니다.
디스크 리코더와 디지털 오디오 콘솔 등의 디지털 AES/ EBU 오디오나 오디오 믹서 및 Betacam SP 데크등의 아날로그 장비 오디오를 모니터링할 경우 XLR 커넥터를 사용해 연결하세요. 표준 RCA 커넥터를사용해 VCR 및 DVD 플레이어 등 일반 소비자용 장비의 아날로그 오디오를 연결할 수 있습니다. 1/4인치

TRS 헤드폰 잭에 헤드폰을 연결하여 다른 사람들에게 피해를 주지 않고 오디오를 들을 수 있습니다.
시작하기

137

PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

5

2

3

1

6

7

1. 10G 이더넷 2. USB-C 3 3. HDMI 4K 출력
4. 12G-SDI 입력 및 12G-SDI 출력 5. AES/EBU 연결용 XLR 입력
6. 아날로그 오디오용 XLR 입력 7. 일반 소비자용 오디오 연결을 위한 RCA 스테레오 입력오디오 소스 선택하기오디오 장비를 Blackmagic Audio Monitor 에 연결한 뒤, 제어 패널에 있는 INPUT 버튼을 눌러 연결을선택하기만 하면 됩니다. 입력이 선택되어 오디오 사용 준비가 완료되면 오디오 레벨 미터 LED에 불이들어옵니다. 오디오 미터 레벨은 2줄의 컬러 LED로 구성되어 있으며, 불이 밝게 들어와 오디오 입력이작동 중인지 쉽게 확인할 수 있습니다.

INPUT 버튼을 사용해 오디오 연결을 전환할 수 있으며, 컬러 LCD에서 입력 유형과 오디오 채널, 볼륨레벨 등의 정보와 함께 연결된 오디오를 확인할 수 있습니다. Blackmagic Audio Monitor를 사용하여오디오를 모니터링하는 데 필요한 모든 준비가 완료되었습니다.

비디오 출력과 연결하기오디오뿐만 아니라 비디오도 모니터링해야 하는 경우, Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 비디오 출력을 통해대형 스크린에서 오디오와 함께 영상을 모니터링하거나 다양한 비디오 장비에 연결할 수 있습니다.

HDMI 출력과 6G -SDI 루프 출력을 사용해 비디오와 임베디드 오디오를 모니터링할 수 있습니다.
하나의 SDI 케이블을 통해 SD와 HD, 2K뿐만 아니라 DeckLink 4K Extreme과 같은 UHD 캡처 장비에도연결할 수 있습니다. SD/ HD -SDI를 통해 비디오와 임베디드 오디오를 HyperDeck Studio 등의 녹화데크에 연결하거나 HDMI를 통해 최신 UHD 디스플레이 및 프로젝트에 연결하세요.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 는 또한 ST2110 입력을 HDMI 및 12G -SDI 출력으로 변환할 수
있습니다. 이는 두 출력 모두 전면 패널의 입력 버튼을 통해 선택되는 SDI 또는 2110 입력을 따르기때문입니다.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

이 선택 버튼을 사용해 모니터링 하고자 하는 입력을 선택하고 좌/우 스테레오 채널을 분리할 수 있으며,사용 가능한 오디오 채널을 위/아래로 이동하거나 스피커 또는 헤드폰을 음소거 할 수 있습니다.

시작하기

138

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 사용하기Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 제어 패널을 통해 주요 기능 및 상태 정보로 신속하게 이동할 수 있습니다.

LCD내장 컬러 LCD에 텍스트 오버레이 기능이 탑재되어 선택한 입력과 비디오 포맷(SDI를 연결한 경우),선택한 오디오 채널, 스피커 또는 헤드폰 볼륨 레벨 등의 주요 상태 정보가 나타납니다. LCD 는 또한수신되는 모든 SDI 비디오 신호를 표시합니다. SDI 영상이 감지되지 않을 시에는 화면에 음악 아이콘이나타납니다.
선택한 입력에 따라 다음과 같은 정보가 나타납니다.

SDI 입력SDI, 비디오 포맷, 선택한 오디오 채널

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

연결 유형과 비디오 포맷, 선택한 오디오 채널과 볼륨 레벨등의 오디오 및비디오 정보가 컬러 LCD에 표시됩니다.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

SDI 또는 SMPTE 2110 신호를 모니터링하는 경우를 제외하고는 LCD에 음악아이콘이 나타납니다.

10G 이더넷 2110 입력
SMPTE-2110 IP 비디오(SMPTE-2110 -30 오디오 지원 포함)

균형 AES/EBU XLR 입력
AES/ EBU, 선택한 오디오 채널균형 XLR 아날로그 입력아날로그, 선택한 오디오 채널불균형 RCA 아날로그 입력
HiFi, 선택한 오디오 채널Blackmagic Audio Monitor 사용하기139

오디오 레벨 미터Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 레벨 미터는 오디오 레벨의 세기를 나타내는 초록/주황/빨강으로 구성된두 줄짜리 LED 미터입니다. 오디오 레벨이 너무 높아 클리핑될 경우에는 LED 전체에 불이 들어옵니다.
Audio Monitor Setup 유틸리티에서 선택한 오디오 미터 유형에 따라 오디오 레벨 미터의 움직임이달라집니다. VU 미터링을 사용할 경우, 오디오 장비의 출력 레벨을 조정하여 제어 패널에 있는 오디오미터의 피크 레벨이 0dB 부근에 머무르도록 합니다. 이는 신호대잡음비를 최대화시켜 오디오 품질이최적의 상태로 유지됩니다. 오디오 피크 레벨이 0dB을 넘어설 경우, 오디오가 왜곡될 가능성이 높습니다.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup 설치 및 오디오 레벨 미터 유형 설정 방법에 대한 자세한 정보는[Audio Monitor Setup] 부분을 참고하세요.

컨트롤 패널 버튼
SOLO LEFT 및 SOLO RIGHT 버튼이 버튼을 사용해 좌/우 채널 오디오를 따로 들을 수 있어 각 채널에서 발생할 수 있는 모든 오디오 관련문제를 개별적으로 모니터링할 수 있습니다.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

SOLO LEFT 버튼을 누르면 우측 오디오 채널이 비활성화됩니다. 오디오 레벨 미터에는 양쪽 채널이그대로 표시됩니다.

좌측 채널 오디오 모니터링 방법

1

SOLO LEFT 버튼을 누르세요. 버튼에 녹색 배면광 불빛이 들어오며 좌측 스피커를 통해서만오디오가 재생됩니다.

2

SOLO LEFT 버튼을 다시 한번 누르면 스테레오 오디오 모니터링으로 되돌아갑니다.

우측 채널 오디오를 모니터링하려면, SOLO RIGHT 버튼을 눌러 위 단계를 반복하세요.

채널 업 및 채널 다운 버튼이 버튼(CH▲/ CH▼)을 눌러 SDI 연결에 임베드된 오디오를 확인할 수 있습니다. 3G -SDI의 경우, 최대16개의 채널 또는 8쌍의 채널을 지원합니다. 채널 업/다운(CH▲/ CH▼) 버튼을 눌러 임베드 된 SDI
오디오 채널에서 위 아래로 움직일 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 는 최대 64개의 오디오 채널 또는 32쌍의 채널이 포함된 12G -SDI입력을 지원합니다. CH▲/ CH▼ 버튼을 길게 눌러 채널을 빠르게 스크롤할 수 있습니다.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 사용하기140

입력(Input) 버튼
INPUT 버튼을 반복적으로 눌러 SDI와 AES/ EBU, SMPTE 2110, 아날로그, HiFi 입력 간을 이동할 수있어 모니터링하고자 하는 비디오 및 오디오 장비를 선택할 수 있습니다.
선택한 오디오 입력은 내장 스피커를 통해 확인이 가능하고 HDMI 출력의 CH1과 CH2에서 오디오를모니터링할 수 있습니다.

참고 아날로그나 AES/ EBU 또는 HiFi 입력이 선택될 시 HDMI 출력은 블랙 비디오로나타납니다. SDI 루프 출력은 항상 SDI 입력에 연결된 비디오와 오디오를 출력합니다.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

음소거 버튼이 버튼을 누르면 Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 제어 패널 스피커와 헤드폰이 음소거 됩니다. 음소거기능은 스피커와 헤드폰 출력에만 적용될 뿐 오디오 입력에는 아무런 영향을 끼치지 않습니다. MUTE버튼을 다시 한 번 누르면 제어 패널 스피커와 헤드폰 오디오가 원래대로 복구됩니다. 오디오 볼륨을높여도 오디오가 복구됩니다.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

볼륨
이 노브를 사용해 스피커와 헤드폰을 볼륨을 개별적으로 조절할 수 있습니다. 볼륨 레벨이 내장 LCD에표시됩니다. 헤드폰을 연결한 경우에는 Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 스피커가 음소거 되며, 헤드폰을통해서만 오디오가 출력됩니다. 볼륨 노브를 시계 또는 반시계 방향으로 돌려 볼륨을 쉽게 조절할 수
있습니다.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

볼륨 레벨은 제어 패널 LCD에 표시됩니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 사용하기141

Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup 유틸리티를 통해 원하는 오디오 레벨 미터 유형을 설정할 수 있을뿐만 아니라 Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 내부 소프트웨어도 업데이트할 수 있습니다.
기존 Blackmagic Audio Monitor 모델을 컴퓨터 USB에 연결하면 환경 설정을 변경하고 셋업 유틸리티를통해 내부 소프트웨어를 업데이트할 수 있습니다. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3의 경우, USB또는 이더넷을 통해 유닛을 업데이트하고 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다.

Audio Monitor Setup 설치하기1

웹 브라우저(www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support)를 검색해 최신 Blackmagic Audio

Monitor 드라이버를 다운로드하세요.
2

파일 다운로드를 마치고 ‘ Install Audio Monitor ’ 아이콘을 더블 클릭하여 설치 프로그램을
실행하세요. 마지막까지 화면 지시에 따른 후에 ‘ Install ’ 버튼을 눌러 소프트웨어를 설치하세요.

3소프트웨어를 설치하고 나면 애플리케이션 또는 프로그램 폴더에서 ‘ Blackmagic Audio Monitor ’폴더를 검색한 다음 ‘Audio Monitor Setup’을 더블 클릭하세요.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup 유틸리티를 사용하면 Blackmagic
Audio Monitor의 내부 소프트웨어를 업데이트하고 환경 설정을 변경할수 있습니다.

Audio Monitor Setup

142오디오 탭 (Audio)‘Audio’ 탭을 클릭하면 오디오 지연 및 레벨 모니터링 설정이 나타납니다.

오디오 지연(Audio Delay)슬라이더를 조절해 HDMI 및 SDI 루프 출력에 오디오 지연을 추가하세요.오디오 지연은 프레임 또는밀리초 단위로 조절할 수 있습니다.

오디오 레벨 미터(Audio Level Meters)
EBU 및 BBC 측정 기준 선택이 가능한 PPM 또는 라우드니스와 VU 미터 유형 중 원하는 것을 선택할 수
있습니다. VU 미터가 표준 유형으로 자리 잡은 반면, PPM과 라우드니스 미터는 인지할 수 있는 소리의크기를 위한 단위 체계 및 측정을 제공합니다. 다음 표를 통해 지원 오디오 레벨 미터와 측정의 조합을확인할 수 있습니다.
미터 유형스케일 유형

측정 단위

사용 방법

VU

–

-45 ~ +3제품에 표기

PPM

EBU-12 ~ +13스티커 라벨

PPM

BBC

1~7

스티커 라벨

Loudness

EBU +9-18 ~ +9스티커 라벨

Loudness

EBU +18-36 ~ +18

스티커 라벨

Loudness최대 +9-41 ~ -14스티커 라벨

Loudness최대 +18-59 ~ -5스티커 라벨

Audio Monitor Setup

143

VU
이 미터에는 오디오 신호 파형의 최고 및 최저 평균치가 표시됩니다. 대부분은 오디오 신호의 피크를모니터링하는 데 사용하지만, VU는 평균값을 산출해내기 때문에 실제로 들리는 소리의 크기를모니터링하는데 사용할 수도 있습니다.

PPM
이 미터는 일시적으로 신호의 피크를 유지한 후에 천천히 내려가는 피크 홀드 기능이 있어 오디오가피킹되는 지점을 쉽게 확인할 수 있습니다.

Loudness라우드니스 미터는 오디오 신호의 감각적인 크기를 나타냅니다. 오늘날의 방송 표준에는 일정한라우드니스 레벨을 위한 라우드니스 미터링이 명시되어 있습니다.

VU와 PPM 미터는 -18dB 또는 -20dB로 선택할 수 있는 기준 레벨을 제공하여 각기 다른 국제 방송표준에 맞는 오디오를 모니터링할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 LED 레퍼런스 움직임은 선택한 미터 유형에 따라 달라집니다. 정확한 dB
레퍼런스 단위가 표시된 스티커 라벨이 Blackmagic Audio Monitor와 함께 제공되어 오디오가 피킹되는지점을 쉽게 확인할 수 있습니다. 원하는 단위의 스티커를 VU 단위가 표시된 컬러 LED 미터 사이에붙이세요.
각 오디오 레벨 미터 유형과 측정 단위를 위한 라벨이 두 개씩 제공됩니다. 라벨 시트는 가까운Blackmagic Design 지원 사무실에서도 구할 수도 있습니다.

미터 유형마다 정확한 오디오 피킹 위치를 확인할 수 있는 스티커라벨이 함께 제공됩니다.

Audio Monitor Setup

144

설정(Setup) 탭이 ‘ Setup’ 탭에는 소프트웨어 버전 정보 및 Blackmagic Audio Monitor의 네트워크 설정 관련 정보가담겨 있습니다. 사용자는 또한 제품에 원하는 라벨명을 설정할 수 있습니다. 사용하는 제품에 이름을설정하면 원격 연결 시 훨씬 빠르게 위치를 찾아낼 수 있습니다. ‘ Setup’ 탭에는 오디오 모니터를 위한네트워크 설정 또한 포함되어 있습니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 이름 설정하기1

‘ Setup’ 탭을 클릭하세요.

2‘ Name’ 텍스트 박스를 클릭한 다음 새로운 레벨을 입력하세요.

3유틸리티 화면 우측 하단에 있는 ‘ Save’를 클릭하세요.

네트워크 설정(Network Settings)네트워크를 통해 Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G에 접속하면 여러 대의 제품을 쉽게 관리할 수
있습니다. Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup에서 기기에 접속할 수 있습니다. Blackmagic Audio

Monitor 12G 는 DHCP로 설정되어 있어 자동으로 네트워크 주소를 할당받기 때문에 셋업 유틸리티 홈스크린에서 바로 선택할 수 있습니다.
네트워크에서 Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 를 찾기 어렵거나 이전에 설정한 Stactic 주소가현재 네트워크와 호환되지 않을 경우 네트워크 설정을 직접 변경해야 할 수도 있습니다. USB를 통해서연결할 수도 있습니다.

유틸리티 관리 허용하기(Allow Utility Administration)
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup은 카메라가 네트워크나 USB를 통해 연결된 경우에 접속 가능합니다.
사용자들이 네트워크를 통해 접속하지 못하도록 설정하려면 ‘ via USB ’ 설정을 선택하세요.

초기화(Reset)
Audio Monitor 12G 를 공장 초기화 상태로 되돌리려면 ‘ Factory Reset ’을 선택하세요.

Audio Monitor Setup1452110 탭Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3에는 SMPTE 2110 IP 스트림과 PTP 그랜드 마스터 설정을 위한탭이 포함되어 있습니다.

2110 수신기(2110 Receiver)오디오 소스스만 매핑할 경우, ‘ Show Audio Sources Only ’ 확인란을 체크하세요.
수신받고자 하는 스트림을 라우팅하려면, ‘ Receiver ’ 필드 오른쪽에 있는 돋보기 아이콘을 클릭하세요.
그러면 사용 가능한 모든 소스 목록과 스트림을 위한 IP 노드 및 소스 라벨이 포함된 창이 열립니다.
스트림을 하이라이트한 다음 선택 버튼을 클릭하세요. 그러면 이 창이 닫히고 스트림 라벨이 ‘ Receiver ’필드에 나타납니다. 이제 수신되는 소스를 Audio Monitor의 LCD 디스플레이에서 볼 수 있습니다.

PTP 클럭 설정(PTP Clock Settings)
PTP 설정을 통해 PTP 그랜드 마스터의 세부 사항을 설정할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3를 PTP 그랜드 마스터가 탑재된 10G 네트워크 스위처에 연결할경우, 오디오 모니터를 팔로어 모드로 설정해야 시간이 충돌되는 일이 발생하지 않습니다. 오디오 모니터를Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G Converter와 같은 다른 2110 IP 유닛에 연결할 경우, 확인란을 클릭해 둘 중하나를 팔로어 모드로 설정하세요.
도메인 번호(Domain Number)

PTP 그랜드 마스터와 일치하는 도메인 번호를 입력하세요. 일반적으로 이 번호는 ‘ 127 ’이지만, 필드에다른 도메인 번호를 입력해 변경할 수 있습니다.
마스터(Master)마스터 주소 필드에는 PTP 그랜드 마스터의 MAC 주소가 표시됩니다. 이는 별도의 그랜드 마스터장치이거나 Blackmagic 2110 IP 유닛입니다.

PTP 잠금(PTP Lock)‘ PTP Lock ’ 필드를 통해 오디오 모니터가 이더넷을 통해 PTP 클록에 잠겨 있는지 여부를 확인할 수있습니다.
우선순위(Priority)네트워크에 한 개 이상의 PTP 그랜드 마스터가 있는 경우, ‘ Priority 1 ’ 및 ‘ Priority 2 ’ 설정을 통해사용하고자 하는 PTP 그랜드 마스터의 우선순위를 설정할 수 있습니다. 숫자가 낮을수록 우선순위가 더높습니다.

Audio Monitor Setup

146알람 간격 및 시간(Announce interval & Announce Timeout)알림 간격(Announce interval) 및 알람 시간(Announce Timeout) 필드는 일반적으로 2초 또는

2,000ms마다 동기화 메시지를 전송하는 PTP 그랜드 마스터의 사양과 일치해야 합니다. 메시지 빈도를변경하려면 메뉴에서 다른 시간을 선택하세요. 알림 간격 및 알람 시간에 사용할 수 있는 범위는 PTP
그랜드 마스터에 따라 다릅니다.

내부 소프트웨어 업데이트하기
1

USB 또는 이더넷을 통해 Blackmagic Audio Monitor를 컴퓨터에 연결합니다.

2Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup을 실행합니다.

3

환경 설정 아이콘을 클릭하면 유틸리티에서 업데이트 여부를 알려줍니다.

4업데이트가 필요한 경우 [Update] 버튼을 누르면 소프트웨어 설치가 완료됩니다.

내부 소프트웨어 업데이트를 적용하려면 [Update] 버튼을클릭하세요.

업데이트 진행 과정을 보여주는 진행 표시줄이 나타납니다.

5업데이트가 완료되면 Close 버튼을 클릭하세요.

Audio Monitor Setup

147

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Audio Monitor Setup

148

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Audio Monitor Setup

149This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Audio Monitor Setup

150

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Audio Monitor Setup

151

지원
지원 받기
가장 빠르게 지원받을 수 있는 방법은 Blackmagic Design 온라인 고객지원 페이지에 접속하여Blackmagic Audio Monitor 관련 최신 지원 정보를 확인하는 것입니다.

Blackmagic Design 온라인 고객 지원 페이지최신 사용 설명서와 소프트웨어, 지원 노트는 Blackmagic 고객 지원 센터(www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support)에서 확인하실 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Design 포럼저희 웹사이트에 있는 Blackmagic Design 포럼은 유용한 정보를 제공하는 곳으로, 방문을 통해자세한 정보와 창의적인 아이디어를 얻을 수 있습니다. 또한, 숙련된 사용자들이나 Blackmagic Design직원들이 기존에 올려놓은 해결책을 통해 원하는 해답을 얻을 수도 있으므로 여러 가지 도움을 빠르게받아 한 단계 성장할 수 있는 방법이기도 합니다. 포럼은 http:// forum.blackmagicdesign.com/를 통해방문할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Design 고객 지원에 문의하기고객 지원 페이지나 포럼에서 원하는 정보를 얻지 못한 경우에는 [이메일 보내기] 버튼을 클릭하여 지원요청 이메일을 보내주세요. 다른 방법으로는, 고객 지원 페이지의 [지역별 고객 지원팀 찾기] 버튼을클릭하여 가장 가까운 Blackmagic Design 고객 지원 사무실에 문의하실 수 있습니다.

현재 설치된 소프트웨어 버전 확인하기컴퓨터에 설치된 Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup 버전을 확인하려면 [About Blackmagic Audio

Monitor Setup] 창을 여세요.
 macOS를 사용 시, 애플리케이션 폴더에서 ‘ Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup’ 소프트웨어를
엽니다. 그 다음, 메뉴에서 ‘About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup’을 선택하여 버전을확인하세요.
 Windows 10에서는 시작 페이지에 있는 ‘ Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup’ 타일에서 ‘ Blackmagic

Audio Monitor Setup’을 실행하세요. ‘ Help’ 메뉴를 클릭한 후, ‘About Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup’를 선택하고 버전을 확인하세요.

최신 버전 소프트웨어 업데이트하기
컴퓨터에 설치된 Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup 버전을 확인한 뒤, Blackmagic Design 고객 지원
센터(www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support)에 방문하여 최신 업데이트 여부를 확인하세요. 최신버전으로 업데이트하는 것을 권장하지만, 중요한 프로젝트를 실행하는 도중에는 소프트웨어 업데이트를하지 않는 것이 좋습니다.

지원

152

규제 사항유럽 연합 국가 내의 전기전자제품 폐기물 처리기준제품에 부착된 기호는 해당 제품을 다른 폐기물과는 별도로 처리되어야 함을 나타냅니다.
제품을 폐기하려면 반드시 재활용 지정 수거 장소에 폐기해야 합니다. 폐기물 제품을 분리수거및 재활용으로 처리하는 것은 자연 자원을 보전하고 인간의 건강과 환경을 보호할 수 있도록폐기물을 재활용할 수 있는 방법입니다. 재활용을 위한 제품 폐기물 장소에 관한 자세한 정보는해당 지역 시청의 재활용 센터 혹은 해당 제품을 구입한 상점으로 문의하십시오.
본 제품은 테스트 결과 FCC 규정 제15항에 따라 A급 디지털 기기 제한 사항을 준수하는 것으로확인되었습니다. 해당 제한 사항은 본 제품을 상업적 환경에서 사용할 시 발생할 수 있는 유해혼선으로부터 적절한 보호를 제공하기 위함입니다. 이 제품은 무선 주파수를 생성 및 사용,방출할 수 있습니다. 따라서 설명서의 안내에 따라 제품을 설치 및 사용하지 않을 시, 무선 통신을방해하는 전파 혼선을 일으킬 수 있습니다. 해당 제품을 주거 지역에서 사용할 경우 유해 전파혼선이 발생할 가능성이 있으며, 이 경우 사용자는 자체 비용으로 전파 혼선 문제를 해결해야합니다.
제품 작동은 다음 두 가지 조건을 전제로 합니다.

1

본 기기는 유해 혼신을 일으키지 않습니다.

2

본 기기는 원치 않는 작동을 일으킬 수 있는 혼신을 포함하여 모든 혼신을 수용합니다.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004
ISED 캐나다 성명본 기기는 캐나다 표준 A급 디지털 장치 규정을 준수합니다.
정해진 사용 목적 이외의 다른 목적의 사용 또는 제품 변경은 표준 규정 위반으로 간주할 수있습니다.

HDMI 인터페이스 연결 시에는 반드시 고품질의 쉴드 HDMI 케이블을 사용해야 합니다.
이 기기는 업무용 환경에서 사용할 목적으로 적합성 평가를 받은 기기로서 가정용 환경에서사용하는 경우,전파간섭의 우려가 있습니다.

규제 사항

153

안전 정보감전 예방을 위하여 본 제품은 반드시 보호 접지가 되어 있는 메인 콘센트에 연결해야 합니다. 확실하지않을 경우 자격증이 있는 전기공에 연락하십시오.
감전사고 위험을 줄이기 위해서 본 제품을 물이 튀거나 젖는 곳에 두지 마십시오.
본 제품은 주위 온도가 최대 40ºC인 열대 지역에서 사용하기 적합합니다.
공기가 잘 통할 수 있도록 제품을 통풍이 잘되는 곳에 둡니다.
장비랙에 제품을 설치할 시, 주변 장비가 제품 통풍에 방해가 되지 않도록 주의하세요.
제품 내부에는 사용자가 수리 가능한 부품이 없습니다. 제품 수리는 해당 지역 Blackmagic Design서비스 센터에 문의하세요.
최대 작동 고도는 해수면 기준 2000m입니다.
캘리포니아주 성명본 제품을 사용하는 사용자는 제품의 플라스틱 내 폴리브롬화 비페닐에 노출될 수 있으며캘리포니아주에서는 해당 물질이 암, 선천적 결손증, 기타 생식기능의 손상을 유발하는 것으로 알려져있습니다.
더욱 자세한 정보는 www.P65Warnings.ca.gov을 확인하세요.

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

안전 정보

154

보증
12 개월 한정 보증Blackmagic Design은 본 제품의 부품 및 제조에 어떠한 결함도 없음을 제품 구매일로부터 12개월 동안보증합니다. 보증 기간 내에 결함이 발견될 경우, Blackmagic Design은 당사의 결정에 따라 무상 수리 또는새로운 제품으로 교환해드립니다.
구매 고객은 반드시 보증 기간이 만료되기 전에 결함 사실을 Blackmagic Design에 통지해야 적절한 보증서비스를 제공받을 수 있습니다. 구매 고객은 지정된 Blackmagic Design 서비스 센터로 결함 제품을 포장및 운송할 책임이 있으며, 운송 비용은 선불로 지급되어야 합니다. 구매 고객은 또한 이유를 불문하고 제품반송에 대한 운송료, 보험, 관세, 세금, 기타 비용을 부담해야 합니다.
이 보증은 부적절한 사용 및 관리, 취급으로 인한 파손, 고장, 결함에는 적용되지 않습니다. Blackmagic

Design은 다음과 같은 경우에 보증 서비스를 제공할 의무가 없습니다. a) Blackmagic Design 판매 대리인이아닌 개인에 의해 발생한 제품 손상. b) 부적절한 사용 및 호환하지 않는 장비와의 연결로 인한 제품 손상.
c) Blackmagic Design사의 부품 및 공급품이 아닌 것을 사용하여 발생한 손상 및 고장. d) 제품을 개조하거나다른 제품과 통합하여 제품 작동 시간 증가 및 기능 저하가 발생한 경우. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN 에서제공하는 제품 보증은 다른 모든 명시적 또는 묵시적 보증을 대신합니다. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN사와관련 판매 회사는 상품성 및 특정 목적의 적합성과 관련된 모든 묵시적 보증을 부인합니다. 구매 고객에게제공되는 BLACKMAGIC DESIGN의 결함 제품 수리 및 교환 관련 책임은 BLACKMAGIC DESIGN 또는판매 회사에서 관련 위험의 가능성에 대한 사전 통보의 여부와 관계없이 모든 간접적, 특별, 우발적, 결과적손해에 대한 유일한 배상 수단입니다. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN은 고객이 사용한 불법 장비에 대해서는 어떤법적 책임도 지지 않습니다. BLACKMAGIC은 본 제품의 사용으로 인해 발생하는 손해에 대해서는 어떤법적 책임도 지지 않습니다. 제품 사용으로 인해 발생할 수 있는 위험에 대한 책임은 본인에게 있습니다.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. 모든 권리 보유. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup
Videohub’, ‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’, ‘Leading the creative video revolution’은 모두 미국및 기타 국가에 등록된 상표입니다. 다른 회사명 및 제품 이름은 관련 회사의 등록 상표일 수 있습니다.

보증

155

Июль 2024 г.

Руководство по установке и эксплуатации

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Русский

Добро пожаловать!
Благодарим вас за покупку Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Мы стремимся к тому, чтобы телевидение стало областью настоящего творчества, вкоторой любой профессионал имеет доступ к оборудованию самого высокого качества.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor — компактное решение для профессионального контроля
звука в телевещании, постпроизводстве и в прямом эфире. Оно отличается высокой
совместимостью и позволяет подключаться практически к любому аудиооборудованию.
Оригинальная версия Blackmagic Audio Monitor с интерфейсом 6G-SDI предназначена
для Ultra HD-контента с частотой до 30 к/с. Устройство Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
с поддержкой 12G-SDI дает возможность работать с Ultra HD-материалом (до 60 к/с)и принимать сигналы 3G-SDI (level A и level B), а модель Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
G3 дополнительно обеспечивает ввод потоков до 12G-SDI как IP-видео SMPTE 2110 покабелю 10G Ethernet.
Это руководство содержит всю информацию, необходимую для работы с Blackmagic
Audio Monitor.
Последнюю версию руководства и программного обеспечения для Blackmagic Audio
Monitor можно найти в разделе поддержки на веб-сайте www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru.
Использование актуальной версии внутреннего ПО гарантирует доступ ко всемимеющимся функциям. Чтобы узнавать о выходе обновлений, зарегистрируйтесь призагрузке программного обеспечения. Мы постоянно работаем над совершенствованием
наших продуктов, поэтому ваши отзывы помогут нам сделать их еще лучше!

Грант Петти
Генеральный директор Blackmagic DesignСодержание
Подготовка к работе

159Вкладка Setup

167Обзор Blackmagic Audio Monitor

159Вкладка 2110

168Подключение источников аудио

159Выбор источника звука

160Обновление внутреннего
программного обеспечения

169Подключение к видеовыходам160

Developer Information 

170Работа с Blackmagic Audio Monitor

161

ЖК-дисплей

161

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

170Индикаторы уровня звука

162Помощь

174Кнопки панели управления

162

Audio Monitor Setup

164Соблюдение нормативных
требований

175

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

164Правила безопасности

176Вкладка Audio 

165Гарантия

177Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

158Подготовка к работе
Обзор Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Blackmagic Audio Monitor и Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G занимают одно место в стойкеи обеспечивают точный контроль звуковой дорожки при работе в прямом эфире, во время
телетрансляции и на этапе постпроизводства.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor позволяет подключаться к оборудованию с широким спектром
разъемов: от SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI до цифрового AES/EBU- и аналогового интерфейсов. Модель
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G с поддержкой 12G-SDI предназначена для Ultra HD-видеос частотой до 60 кадров/с. Светодиодные индикаторы левого и правого каналов показывают
пиковые значения, а на встроенный ЖК-дисплей выводятся SDI-сигнал и дополнительная
информация, в том числе тип соединения, формат видео, кадровая частота, номера каналови уровень громкости.
Устройство обеспечивает мониторинг до 16 каналов звука, встроенного в SDI-сигнал, а также
балансного аналогового и цифрового AES/EBU-аудио (через разъемы XLR). Для подключенияк системам Hi-Fi и плеерам iPod дополнительно предусмотрен интерфейс RCA.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor имеет два встроенных динамика и два сабвуфера, которые
обеспечивают качественное воспроизведение звука в широком диапазоне частот.
При работе в шумной студии для мониторинга можно подключить наушники.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G (передняя панель)Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G (задняя панель)Модели Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 также поддерживают прием оригинальных потоков
2110, включая сигналы 12G-SDI со сжатием.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 (передняя панель)Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 (задняя панель)Подключение источников аудио
Blackmagic Audio Monitor поддерживает работу практически с любым звуковым
оборудованием. Для контроля аудиодорожки в SD-, HD-, 2K- или Ultra HD-видео источник
подключают через стандартный BNC-разъем. Модель с интерфейсом 12G-SDI обеспечивает
прием сигнала 3G-SDI (Level A и Level B).
Для цифрового AES/EBU-звука, поступающего с дисковых рекордеров и музыкальных
приставок, а также для аналогового оборудования (аудиомикшеры и Betacam SP) необходимо
использовать XLR-разъемы. Аналоговую бытовую технику (видеомагнитофоны и DVD‑плееры)Подготовка к работе

159

можно подключить через интерфейс RCA. Чтобы устранить влияние посторонних шумов,рекомендуется применять наушники, для которых предусмотрен разъем 1/4 дюйма.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

6

5

3

1

7

1. 10G Ethernet 2. USB-C 3. Выход HDMI 4K
4. Вход и выход 12G-SDI 5. XLR-вход для AES/EBU
6. XLR-вход для аналогового аудио 7. Стереовход RCA для подключения бытовой техники

Выбор источника звука
После подключения Blackmagic Audio Monitor к оборудованию необходимо задать
используемый вход. Для этого нажмите кнопку INPUT на передней панели. Когда навыбранный вход поступает аудиосигнал, загораются светодиодные индикаторы уровня звука.
Они представляют собой двухрядную цветную шкалу, разбитую на сектора.
Кнопка INPUT предназначена для выбора типа соединения, который выводится на ЖКдисплей вместе с дополнительной информацией, такой как используемый интерфейс, номера
каналов и уровень громкости. Теперь Blackmagic Audio Monitor можно использовать длямониторинга аудиодорожки.

Подключение к видеовыходам
Если вместе с аудиодорожкой необходимо выводить видео, к Blackmagic Audio Monitor можно
подключить большой дисплей или дополнительное оборудование.
Для мониторинга видео и встроенного в него звука можно использовать выход HDMIи сквозной интерфейс SDI.
Устройство обеспечивает вывод сигнала в SD, HD, 2K и Ultra HD по одному SDI-кабелю натакие платы захвата, как DeckLink 4K Extreme. Также допускается передача SD/HD-SDI-видеосо встроенным аудио на записывающую деку, например HyperDeck Studio, а через HDMI — насовременный Ultra HD-дисплей или проектор.
Модель Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 также позволяет преобразовывать получаемые
потоки ST2110 в форматы HDMI и 12G-SDI, поскольку сигналы на данных выходах будут
привязаны к разъему 12G-SDI IN или 10G 2110 IP в зависимости от того, какой из них выбрандля работы с помощью кнопки входа на передней панели.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Кнопки на панели управления позволяют выбирать источник сигнала, изолировать левый илиправый канал, переходить к нужной аудиопаре и отключать звук в динамиках или наушниках

Подготовка к работе

160

Работа с Blackmagic Audio MonitorПанель управления устройства обеспечивает доступ к основным функциям и индикаторам
состояния.

ЖК-дисплейНа встроенный цветной ЖК-дисплей поступает информация о состоянии системы, в том числе
выбранный вход, формат (при SDI-подключении), номера аудиоканалов и громкость звука длядинамиков или наушников. На дисплей также выводится любое видео, поступающее на
SDI-интерфейс. При отсутствии сигнала отображается нотный знак.
При выборе каждого из входов на дисплей выводится несколько параметров.

Вход SDIТип соединения (SDI), формат видео, выбранные аудиоканалы.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

На цветной ЖК-дисплей выводятся тип соединения, формат
видео, номера выбранных каналов и громкость звука

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Если для мониторинга не используется сигнал SDI или
SMPTE 2110, на ЖК-дисплее отображается нотный знакВход 10G Ethernet 2110
Обработка IP-видео SMPTE 2110, включая поддержку аудио в формате SMPTE 2110-30Балансный XLR-вход для AES/EBU-звукаТип соединения (AES/EBU), выбранные аудиоканалы.

Балансные XLR-входы для аналогового звукаТип соединения (Analog), выбранные аудиоканалы.

Небалансные RCA-входы для аналогового звука
Hi-Fi, выбранные аудиоканалы.

Работа с Blackmagic Audio Monitor

161Индикаторы уровня звукаДва ряда светодиодных индикаторов зеленого, оранжевого и красного цвета показывают
громкость звука. Если они все горят, его уровень превышает допустимые параметры, то естьимеет место перегрузка.
Характер индикации будет меняться в зависимости от типа измерения, выбранного спомощью утилиты Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup. При использовании опции VU пиковые
значения не должны превышать 0 дБ на панели управления. Это максимально увеличивает
соотношение «сигнал – шум» и обеспечивает самое высокое качество аудиодорожки. Еслипиковые значения превышают уровень 0 дБ, возникает риск искажения звука.
Подробнее о работе с утилитой Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup и типах шкалы см. раздел
“Audio Monitor Setup”.

Кнопки панели управления
Solo Left и Solo RightЭти кнопки позволяют изолировать левый или правый канал для отдельного прослушивания.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Нажатие на кнопку SOLO LEFT приведет к отключению правого аудиоканала.
Индикатор уровня звука продолжит отображать оба сигнала.

Мониторинг левого аудиоканала

1Нажмите кнопку SOLO LEFT. Она загорится зеленым цветом, и звук будет поступать
только на левый динамик.

2Чтобы вернуться к стереорежиму, нажмите SOLO LEFT еще раз.

Для отслеживания звука правого канала повторите шаги, использовав вместо этого кнопку
SOLO RIGHT.

Переход между каналамиЭти кнопки позволяют использовать ту или иную пару каналов звука, встроенного в SDIсигнал. При работе с 3G-SDI в общей сложности доступно 16 каналов, т. е. восемь пар.
Нужную из них выбирают с помощью кнопок со стрелками вверх и вниз.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G позволяет работать с 12G-SDI, поддерживая 64 звуковых канала,т. е. 32 пары. Для перехода между парами нажмите и удерживайте кнопку со стрелкой
вверх или вниз.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Работа с Blackmagic Audio Monitor

162

InputПри каждом нажатии кнопки INPUT можно перейти к одной из следующих опций: SDI, AES/EBU,
SMPTE 2110, Analog и Hi-Fi. Выберите ту из них, которая соответствует используемому входу.
Звук с выбранного аудиовхода можно выводить в наушники, а также проверять как каналы 1 и
2 на HDMI-выходе.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Если выбраны входы для аналогового звука, AES/EBU или Hi-Fi, на
HDMI-выход поступает черное изображение. Через сквозной SDI-тракт всегда
выводится сигнал с SDI-входа.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Отключение звука
Кнопка с перечеркнутым динамиком позволяет отключить звук в динамиках и наушниках.
В этом случае сигнал по-прежнему поступает на вход устройства, но не воспроизводится.
Чтобы возобновить вывод звука на динамики и в наушники, нажмите кнопку еще раз. Дляэтого можно также увеличить громкость с помощью поворотной ручки.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

Громкость звукаДля изменения громкости звука в динамиках и наушниках служит поворотная ручка. Уровень
отображается на встроенном ЖК-дисплее. При использовании гарнитуры динамики
отключаются автоматически, после чего звуковой сигнал поступает в наушники. Громкость
регулируют поворотом ручки по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Уровень громкости отображается на ЖК-дисплее

Работа с Blackmagic Audio Monitor

163

Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor SetupУтилита Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup служит для выбора шкалы индикации, а также дляустановки последней версии внутреннего ПО на устройстве.
Если модель Blackmagic Audio Monitor подключена к ПК через разъем USB, утилита позволяет
изменить ее параметры и обновить прошивку. На Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 этидействия также можно выполнить через порт USB или Ethernet.
Порядок установки утилиты Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup1Перейдите по ссылке www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support и скачайте последнюю
версию драйверов Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

2После завершения загрузки файла дважды щелкните на соответствующем значке, чтобы
запустить установщик. Затем следуйте инструкциям на экране.

3После установки ПО перейдите к папке Blackmagic Audio Monitor в списке приложенийили программ и дважды нажмите на значок утилиты Audio Monitor Setup.

Утилита Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup позволяет обновлять
внутреннее ПО устройства и менять настройки

Audio Monitor Setup

164Вкладка AudioНажмите на вкладку аудио, чтобы открыть настройки задержки звука и мониторинга
уровня дорожки.

Задержка звукаС помощью соответствующего слайдера можно добавить задержку (в кадрах илимиллисекундах) для звука, поступающего на разъем HDMI и сквозной SDI-выход.

Индикаторы уровня звука
Можно использовать следующие виды шкалы: VU, PPM или Loudness с опциями EBU и BBC.
Первая из них является стандартизированным инструментом, а PPM и индикаторы громкости
измеряют воспринимаемую силу звука. Таблица ниже содержит перечень доступных типов
индикации с указанием диапазона шкалы.
Тип индикацииТип шкалы

Диапазон измерения

Способ применения

VU–

от -45 до +3Маркировка на устройстве

PPM

EBU

от -12 до +12Дополнительная наклейка

PPM

BBC

от 1 до 7Дополнительная наклейка

Loudness

EBU +9от -18 до +9Дополнительная наклейка

Loudness

EBU +18

от -36 до +18Дополнительная наклейка

Loudness

Full Scale +9

от -41 до -14Дополнительная наклейка

Loudness

Full Scale +18

от -59 до -5Дополнительная наклейка

Audio Monitor Setup

165

VU
Этот индикатор усредняет крайние значения аудиосигнала. В основном используется длямониторинга пиков, но поскольку он показывает средний уровень, его можно применять дляизмерения воспринимаемой громкости.

PPM
Этот индикатор наглядно фиксирует пиковые значения, чтобы их было легко отследить.

LoudnessЭтот индикатор измеряет субъективную громкость звука. Современные стандарты вещания
используют этот показатель для поддержания громкости на постоянном уровне.
Индикаторы VU и PPM позволяют выбирать опорное значение -18 дБ или -20 дБ, чтобы вести
мониторинг на основе разных международных стандартов.
Характер индикации на Blackmagic Audio Monitor меняется в зависимости от типа измерения.
В комплект поставки входят наклейки со шкалами, которые позволяют точно определить
пиковые значения звука. Для использования нужной из них снимите защитный слойи поместите наклейку поверх маркировки VU, нанесенной на корпус устройства.
Для каждого типа измерений используется по две наклейки, которые можно также
приобрести через местное представительство Blackmagic Design.

Для точного измерения пиковых значенийв комплект поставки входят наклейки со шкалами

Audio Monitor Setup

166Вкладка SetupНа вкладке настройки указаны номер версии программного обеспечения и сетевые
параметры устройства Blackmagic Audio Monitor. Для облегчения идентификации устройстваему также можно присвоить пользовательское имя.
Присвоение имени модели Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

1Выберите вкладку Setup.

2Перейдите к текстовому полю Name и введите имя.

3Нажмите Save в правом нижнем углу экрана.

Сетевые параметры
Наиболее простой способ управления конфигурацией оборудования — доступ к Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12G через локальную сеть. Для этого можно применить утилиту Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup. По умолчанию при использовании протокола DHCP соответствующий
адрес присваивается автоматически, так что для работы с устройством достаточно выбратьего на начальной странице.

Допуск к управлению утилитой
Утилита Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup доступна в тот момент, когда устройство подключено
через компьютерную сеть или USB. Чтобы запретить работу с ним по сети, выберите опцию сразрешением только для USB.

СбросЧтобы восстановить первоначальные параметры, выберите «Сброс к заводским настройкам».

Audio Monitor Setup

167Вкладка 2110
На вкладке 2110 содержатся настройки конфигурации IP-потоков SMPTE 2110, а также
параметры ведущего устройства PTP.

Приемник потоков 2110
Если необходимо выполнить назначение только источников звука, установите
соответствующий флажок.
Чтобы выполнить маршрутизацию желаемого потока, нажмите на лупу справа от поляприемника. На экране появится окно со списком всех доступных в сети сигналов, в котором
будут указаны сведения об IP-узле и ярлык источника. Выделите нужный их них и щелкните
Select. Окно закроется, и в поле приемника возникнет соответствующая метка. Источник
входящего сигнала отобразится на ЖК-дисплее устройства.

Параметры генератора PTP
В данном разделе можно изменить настройки ведущего устройства PTP.

При подключении решения Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 к сетевому коммутатору 10G сгенератором PTP его необходимо перевести в режим подчиненного устройства, чтобы
предотвратить конфликт синхронизации. Если модель соединили напрямую с другим IPоборудованием 2110, например конвертером Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G, выберите одну единицув качестве подчиненной, установив соответствующий флажок.
Номер домена
Введите номер домена, соответствующий значению ведущего устройства PTP. Как правило,он составляет 127, но его можно изменить, указав в поле другое число.
Главный адресВ данном поле отображается MAC-адрес ведущего устройства PTP (отдельного решения илимодели Blackmagic 2110 IP).
Синхронизация с PTP
В данном поле указано, что устройство синхронизировано с генератором PTP через Ethernetсоединение.
Приоритет
Настройки приоритета 1 и 2 позволяют задать предпочтительное ведущее устройство PTP,
когда в сети их несколько. Чем меньше число, тем выше приоритет.
Настройка интервала и ожидания
Поля настройки интервала и ожидания должны соответствовать спецификациям ведущего
устройства PTP, которое обычно передает сообщения синхронизации каждые две секунды
или 2000 мс. Чтобы изменить частоту отправки данных, воспользуйтесь меню и задайте
другое время. Доступные диапазоны зависят от параметров генератора PTP.
Audio Monitor Setup

168Обновление внутреннего программного обеспечения
1Подключите Blackmagic Audio Monitor к компьютеру через порт USB или Ethernet.

2Запустите утилиту Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

3Нажмите на значок настройки. Если требуется обновление, появится соответствующее
сообщение.

4Чтобы установить актуальную версию ПО, нажмите кнопку Update.

Для обновления ПО нажмите кнопку UpdateИндикатор выполнения задачи
показывает состояние обновления

5По окончании обновления нажмите кнопку Close.

Audio Monitor Setup

169

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Audio Monitor Setup

170

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Audio Monitor Setup

171

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Audio Monitor Setup

172

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Audio Monitor Setup

173ПомощьКак получить помощь
Самый быстрый способ получить помощь — обратиться к страницам поддержки на сайте
Blackmagic Design и проверить наличие последних справочных материалов поBlackmagic Audio Monitor.

Страница поддержки на сайте Blackmagic DesignПоследние версии руководства по эксплуатации, программного обеспеченияи дополнительную информацию можно найти в разделе поддержки Blackmagic Design настранице www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support.

Форум сообщества Blackmagic DesignПосетите форум сообщества Blackmagic Design на нашем веб-сайте, чтобы получить
дополнительную информацию и узнать об интересных творческих идеях. Там также можно
найти ответы опытных пользователей и сотрудников Blackmagic Design на часто задаваемые
вопросы. Адрес форума http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com.

Обращение в Службу поддержки Blackmagic DesignЕсли с помощью доступных справочных материалов и форума решить проблему не удалось,воспользуйтесь формой «Отправить нам сообщение» на странице поддержки. Можно также
позвонить в ближайшее представительство Blackmagic Design, телефон которого вы найдетена нашем веб-сайте.

Проверка используемой версии программного обеспечения
Чтобы узнать версию Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup, установленную на вашем компьютере,откройте окно About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.
 На компьютере с операционной системой macOS откройте Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupв папке «Приложения». В меню выберите About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup, чтобы
узнать номер версии.
 При работе в операционной системе Windows 10 на экране «Пуск» выберите Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup. В меню «Помощь» выберите About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup,чтобы узнать номер версии.

Загрузка последних версий программного обеспечения
Узнав установленную версию утилиты Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup, перейдите в центр
поддержки Blackmagic на странице www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support, чтобы проверить
наличие обновлений. Рекомендуется всегда использовать последнюю версию программного
обеспечения, однако обновление лучше всего выполнять после завершения
текущего проекта.

Помощь

174

Соблюдение нормативных
требований
Утилизация электрооборудования и электронной аппаратуры в Европейском Союзе
Изделие содержит маркировку, в соответствии с которой его запрещается
утилизировать вместе с бытовыми отходами. Непригодное для эксплуатации
оборудование необходимо передать в пункт вторичной переработки. Раздельный
сбор отходов и их повторное использование позволяют беречь природные ресурсы,охранять окружающую среду и защищать здоровье человека. Чтобы получить
подробную информацию о порядке утилизации, обратитесь в местные
муниципальные органы или к дилеру, у которого вы приобрели это изделие.
Данное оборудование протестировано по требованиям для цифровых устройств
класса A (раздел 15 спецификаций FCC) и признано соответствующим всемпредъявляемым критериям. Соблюдение упомянутых нормативов обеспечивает
достаточную защиту от вредного излучения при работе оборудования в нежилых
помещениях. Так как это изделие генерирует и излучает радиоволны, принеправильной установке оно может становиться источником радиопомех. Еслиоборудование эксплуатируется в жилых помещениях, высока вероятность
возникновения помех, влияние которых в этом случае пользователь должен
устранить самостоятельно.
До эксплуатации допускаются устройства, соответствующие двум главным
требованиям.

1Оборудование не должно быть источником вредных помех.

2Оборудование должно быть устойчивым к помехам, включая помехи, которые
могут вызвать сбой в работе.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004
Соответствие требованиям ISED (Канада)Данное оборудование соответствует канадским стандартам для цифровых
устройств класса A.
Любая модификация или использование изделия не по назначению могут
повлечь за собой аннулирование заявления о соответствии этим стандартам.
Подключение к HDMI-интерфейсу должно выполняться с помощью
качественного экранированного кабеля.
Данное оборудование протестировано по требованиям, предъявляемым кустройствам при работе в нежилых помещениях. При использовании в бытовых
условиях оно может становиться источником помех для радиосигнала.

Соблюдение нормативных требований

175

Правила безопасностиВо избежание удара электрическим током розетка для подключения устройства к сетидолжна иметь заземляющий контакт. При необходимости обратитесь за помощью кквалифицированному электрику.
Чтобы минимизировать опасность поражения электрическим током, изделие необходимо
защищать от попадания брызг и капель воды.
Допускается эксплуатация в условиях тропического климата с температурой окружающей
среды до 40ºC.
Для работы устройства необходимо обеспечить достаточную вентиляцию.
При установке в стойку убедитесь в том, что не нарушен приток воздуха.
Внутри корпуса не содержатся детали, подлежащие обслуживанию. Для выполнения
ремонтных работ обратитесь в местный сервисный центр Blackmagic Design.
Допускается эксплуатация в местах не выше 2000 метров над уровнем моря.
Уведомление для жителей штата КалифорнияПри работе с этим оборудованием существует возможность контакта с содержащимися впластмассе микропримесями многобромистого бифенила, который в штате Калифорния
признан канцерогеном и увеличивает риск врожденных дефектов и пороков
репродуктивной системы.
Подробную информацию см. на сайте www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Правила безопасности

176

Гарантия
Ограниченная гарантия сроком 12 месяцев
Компания Blackmagic Design гарантирует отсутствие в данном изделии дефектов материалаи производственного брака в течение 12 месяцев с даты продажи. Если во время гарантийного
срока будут выявлены дефекты, Blackmagic Design по своему усмотрению выполнит ремонт
неисправного изделия без оплаты стоимости запчастей и трудозатрат или заменит такое
изделие новым.
Чтобы воспользоваться настоящей гарантией, потребитель обязан уведомить компанию
Blackmagic Design о дефекте до окончания гарантийного срока и обеспечить условия дляпредоставления необходимых услуг. Потребитель несет ответственность за упаковку и доставку
неисправного изделия в соответствующий сервисный центр Blackmagic Design с оплатой почтовых
расходов. Потребитель обязан оплатить все расходы по доставке и страхованию, пошлины,налоги и иные сборы в связи с возвратом изделия вне зависимости от причины возврата.
Настоящая гарантия не распространяется на дефекты, отказы и повреждения, возникшие из-заненадлежащего использования, неправильного ухода или обслуживания. Компания
Blackmagic Design не обязана предоставлять услуги по настоящей гарантии: а) для устранения
повреждений, возникших в результате действий по установке, ремонту или обслуживанию
изделия лицами, которые не являются персоналом Blackmagic Design; б) для устранения
повреждений, возникших в результате ненадлежащего использования или подключенияк несовместимому оборудованию; в) для устранения повреждений или дефектов, вызванных
использованием запчастей или материалов других производителей; г) если изделие быломодифицировано или интегрировано с другим оборудованием, когда такая модификация илиинтеграция увеличивает время или повышает сложность обслуживания изделия. НАСТОЯЩАЯ
ГАРАНТИЯ ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЕТСЯ КОМПАНИЕЙ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ВМЕСТО ЛЮБЫХ ДРУГИХ
ПРЯМО ВЫРАЖЕННЫХ ИЛИ ПОДРАЗУМЕВАЕМЫХ ГАРАНТИЙ. КОМПАНИЯ BLACKMAGIC DESIGNИ ЕЕ ДИЛЕРЫ ОТКАЗЫВАЮТСЯ ОТ ЛЮБЫХ ПОДРАЗУМЕВАЕМЫХ ГАРАНТИЙ КОММЕРЧЕСКОЙ
ЦЕННОСТИ ИЛИ ПРИГОДНОСТИ ДЛЯ КАКОЙ-ЛИБО ОПРЕДЕЛЕННОЙ ЦЕЛИ. ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬ
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ПО РЕМОНТУ ИЛИ ЗАМЕНЕ НЕИСПРАВНЫХ ИЗДЕЛИЙ ЯВЛЯЕТСЯ ПОЛНЫМИ ИСКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫМ СРЕДСТВОМ ВОЗМЕЩЕНИЯ, ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЕМЫМ ПОТРЕБИТЕЛЮ ВСВЯЗИ С КОСВЕННЫМИ, ФАКТИЧЕСКИМИ, СОПУТСТВУЮЩИМИ ИЛИ ПОСЛЕДУЮЩИМИ
УБЫТКАМИ, ВНЕ ЗАВИСИМОСТИ ОТ ТОГО, БЫЛА ИЛИ НЕТ КОМПАНИЯ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN(ЛИБО ЕЕ ДИЛЕР) ПРЕДВАРИТЕЛЬНО ИЗВЕЩЕНА О ВОЗМОЖНОСТИ ТАКИХ УБЫТКОВ.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN НЕ НЕСЕТ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТИ ЗА ПРОТИВОПРАВНОЕ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ
ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ СО СТОРОНЫ ПОТРЕБИТЕЛЯ. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN НЕ НЕСЕТ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТИЗА УБЫТКИ, ВОЗНИКАЮЩИЕ ВСЛЕДСТВИЕ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЯ ЭТОГО ИЗДЕЛИЯ. РИСКИ,СВЯЗАННЫЕ С ЕГО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИЕЙ, ВОЗЛАГАЮТСЯ НА ПОТРЕБИТЕЛЯ.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Все права защищены. Blackmagic Design, DeckLink, HDLink, Workgroup Videohub,
Multibridge Pro, Multibridge Extreme, Intensity и “Leading the creative video revolution” зарегистрированы как товарные
знаки в США и других странах. Названия других компаний и наименования продуктов могут являться товарными знаками
соответствующих правообладателей.

Гарантия

177

Luglio 2024

Manuale di istruzioni

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3ItalianoGentile utente
Benvenuto e benvenuta
Grazie per aver acquistato Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Il nostro obiettivo è dare a ciascuno l’opportunità di accedere a dispositivi video di massima
qualità, così stimolando la creatività dell’industria televisiva.
Il monitoraggio audio è un aspetto essenziale dei flussi di produzione video, che si tratti dibroadcast, di post produzione o di dirette. Blackmagic Audio Monitor offre tutte le funzionalità
di un monitoraggio audio professionale in un compatto design per rack. Grazie all’ampia
connettività, è compatibile con qualsiasi tipo di fonte audio e garantisce prestazioni eccellenti.
Il Blackmagic Audio Monitor originale supporta il 6G-SDI per connettere video Ultra HD fino a
30 fotogrammi al secondo. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G supporta il 12G-SDI per connessioni
video Ultra HD fino a 60 fotogrammi al secondo, oltre agli ingressi di segnale video 3G-SDI
di livello A e B. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3, inoltre, supporta fino al 12G-SDI tramite
connessioni video IP SMPTE 2110 grazie al 10G Ethernet.
Il manuale di istruzioni contiene tutte le informazioni per installare e utilizzare Blackmagic
Audio Monitor.
La versione più recente di questo manuale e gli aggiornamenti del software Blackmagic Audio
Monitor sono disponibili sul nostro sito alla pagina www.blackmagicdesign.com/it. È importanteaggiornare il software regolarmente per disporre delle ultime funzioni. Una volta scaricato
il software, registra i tuoi dati personali per ricevere le notifiche sugli aggiornamenti futuri.
Blackmagic è in costante stato di innovazione. Ti invitiamo a lasciare i tuoi preziosi suggerimenti
per consentirci di migliorare prestazioni e funzionalità.

Grant Petty
AD di Blackmagic Design

Indice
Operazioni preliminari

181

La tab Audio

187Blackmagic Audio Monitor 181

La tab Setup 

189Collegare la fonte audio

181

La tab 2110

190

Selezionare la fonte audio

182

Aggiornare il software interno

191

Connettere le uscite video

182

Developer Information 

192

Utilizzare Blackmagic Audio Monitor

183

Display LCD183

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

192

Indicatori di livello

184

Assistenza

196

Pulsanti di controllo

184

Normative 197

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

186

SicurezzaBlackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

186

Garanzia 199

198

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

180

Operazioni preliminariBlackmagic Audio Monitor
Dal design di una unità di rack, Blackmagic Audio Monitor e Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
sono soluzioni di monitoraggio in tempo reale di un’ampia varietà di segnali AV durante leproduzioni in diretta, le trasmissioni broadcast, e la post produzione.
Le connessioni di Blackmagic Audio Monitor ammettono SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI, audio digitale AES/
EBU e analogico per garantire i corretti livelli audio in uscita. Il modello 12G supporta il 12G-SDI
per connettere video Ultra HD fino a 60 fps. Gli indicatori di livello a LED denotano il picco delsegnale, e il display LCD integrato mostra le immagini dell’ingresso video SDI, e altre informazioni
tra cui il tipo di connessione in entrata, il formato, il frame rate, i canali audio e il volume.
Consente di monitorare fino a 16 canali SDI con audio integrato, oppure sfruttare i connettori
XLR per i segnali di audio analogico bilanciato o digitale AES/EBU. Ospita anche connettori
RCA per collegare strumentazione di largo consumo tra cui i sistemi HiFi e gli iPod.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor include due altoparlanti a banda larga di alta qualità e due subwoofer
dall’ampio intervallo di frequenze che riproducono un suono pulito e profondo. Inoltre integra uningresso per cuffie per fare monitoraggio audio di precisione negli ambienti rumorosi.

l pannello frontale di Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

Il retro di Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

I modelli Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 supportano anche i flussi nativi 2110 in entrata,
incluso il video non compresso 12G-SDI.

Il pannello frontale di Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Il retro di Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3

Collegare la fonte audio
Blackmagic Audio Monitor è compatibile con qualsiasi tipo di dispositivo audio. Per connettere isegnali SDI in SD, HD, 2K o Ultra HD basta inserire un connettore BNC standard nell’ingresso
SDI. Il modello 12G ammette il video in entrata 3G-SDI di livello A e B.
Collega connettori XLR se desideri monitorare i segnali audio digitali AES/EBU di fonti comeregistratori e console digitali, oppure dei dispositivi analogici come mixer e deck Betacam SP.

Operazioni preliminari

181

Puoi monitorare l’audio analogico dei dispositivi di largo consumo, per esempio videoregistratori
e lettori DVD, collegando connettori RCA standard. Se preferisci ascoltare l’audio tramite cuffie,
inserisci il connettore jack 1/4” nell’apposito ingresso sul pannello frontale.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

FUSES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

6

5

3

1

7

1. 10G Ethernet 2. USB-C 3. Uscita HDMI 4K
4. Ingresso e uscita 12G-SDI 5. Ingresso XLR per AES/EBU
6. Ingresso XLR per audio analogico 7. Ingresso stereo RCA per connessioni audio standard

Selezionare la fonte audio
Dopo aver collegato la fonte audio a Blackmagic Audio Monitor, premi il pulsante INPUT sul pannello
frontale per selezionare il tipo di connessione. Una volta selezionato l’ingresso e rilevato l’audio, gli
indicatori di livello a LED si illuminano, confermando il corretto funzionamento dell’ingresso audio. Gli
indicatori sono disposti su due file orizzontali, e retroilluminati da LED a colori.
Usa il pulsante INPUT per navigare tra le connessioni audio sul comodo display LCD, dove sono
disponibili anche le informazioni relative al tipo di connessione, ai canali audio e al volume. Ora
Blackmagic Audio Monitor è pronto per l’uso.

Connettere le uscite video
Sfrutta le uscite video di Blackmagic Audio Monitor per monitorare i segnali video e audio su
uno schermo di grandi dimensioni, oppure connettere altra apparecchiatura video.
Le uscite HDMI e SDI di loop consentono il monitoraggio del segnale video con audio integrato.
Tramite un singolo cavo SDI puoi connettere dispositivi di acquisizione SD, HD, 2K e Ultra HD,
per esempio DeckLink 4K Extreme. Trasporta il segnale video con audio integrato ai registratori
come HyperDeck Studio tramite SD/HD-SDI, oppure ai display più recenti e ai proiettori Ultra
HD tramite HDMI.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 può anche convertire gli ingressi ST2110 in HDMI e 12G-SDI,
visto che entrambe le uscite seguono gli ingressi SDI o 2110 a seconda di quello selezionato
con il pulsante sul pannello frontale.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

I pulsanti consentono di selezionare l’ingresso che desideri monitorare, isolare i canali di destra o sinistra,
spostarti in alto o in basso tra i canali audio e silenziare l’audio degli altoparlanti o delle cuffie.

Operazioni preliminari

182

Utilizzare Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Blackmagic Audio Monitor è dotato di un pannello di controllo che dà accesso rapido allefunzioni principali e alle informazioni di stato.

Display LCD
Il display LCD integrato a colori mostra importanti informazioni sullo stato operativo deldispositivo, per esempio l’ingresso selezionato, il formato video per i segnali SDI, i canali audio
selezionati e il livello del volume degli altoparlanti o delle cuffie. Il display LCD segnala anche lapresenza di eventuali segnali video SDI. In assenza di segnali video, appare una nota musicale.
A seconda dell’ingresso selezionato il display mostra le seguenti informazioni:

Ingresso SDI
SDI, formato video, canali audio selezionati.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Il display LCD a colori mostra il tipo di connessione, il formato
video, i canali audio selezionati e il livello del volume

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

L’icona di una nota musicale appare sul display LCD a meno
che non si stia monitorando un segnale SDI o SMPTE 2110

Ingresso 10G Ethernet 2110
Video IP SMPTE-2110 con supporto per audio SMPTE-2110-30.

Ingresso XLR con audio AES/EBU bilanciato
AES/EBU, canali audio selezionati.

Ingressi XLR con audio analogico bilanciato
Analogico, canali audio selezionati.

Ingressi RCA con audio analogico non bilanciato
HiFi, canali audio selezionati.

Utilizzare Blackmagic Audio Monitor

183

Indicatori di livelloGli indicatori di livello a LED di Blackmagic Audio Monitor sono disposti su due file orizzontali.
I segmenti si illuminano di verde, arancione e rosso per indicare la forza del segnale; se il
segnale audio supera la soglia di clipping, tutti i segmenti si illuminano.
La risposta degli indicatori di livello cambia a seconda del tipo di monitoraggio selezionato sull’utilità
Audio Monitor Setup. Se hai selezionato l’opzione VU, regola i livelli dell’uscita del dispositivo
connesso di modo che non superino la soglia di 0dB indicata sul pannello frontale. Questo
accorgimento ottimizza il rapporto segnale/rumore e garantisce la migliore qualità audio. Se i livelli
audio superano la soglia di 0dB, tenderà a verificarsi il fenomeno della distorsione sonora.
Consulta la sezione “Utilità Audio Monitor Setup” per installare l’utilità e impostare il tipo di indicatori.

Pulsanti di controllo
Pulsanti SOLO LEFT e SOLO RIGHT
Questi pulsanti consentono di isolare il canale audio di destra e di sinistra per individuare con
facilità eventuali problemi di ogni canale singolarmente.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Premi il pulsante SOLO LEFT per disattivare l’audio del canale di destra.
Gli indicatori di livello continuano a indicare entrambi i livelli

Per monitorare il canale audio di sinistra:
1

Premi SOLO LEFT. Il pulsante si illumina di verde e il suono viene riprodotto solo
dall’altoparlante sinistro.

2

Premi di nuovo SOLO LEFT per tornare al monitoraggio stereo.

Per monitorare il canale audio di destra segui lo stesso procedimento premendo il pulsante
SOLO RIGHT.

Pulsanti canale CH
I due pulsanti CH con freccia in giù e in su consentono di navigare tra i canali audio integrati
nella connessione SDI. Per il 3G-SDI, sono presenti fino a 16 canali audio, o 8 coppie di canali.
Premi i pulsanti CH per spostarti tra i canali audio integrati nel segnale SDI.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G supporta il 12G-SDI, che integra fino a 64 canali audio, o 32
coppie di canali. Tieni premuto il pulsante CH desiderato per scorrere velocemente le opzioni
verso l’alto o verso il basso.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Utilizzare Blackmagic Audio Monitor

184

InputPremi ripetutamente il pulsante INPUT per navigare tra gli ingressi SDI, AES/EBU, SMPTE 2110,
analogico e HiFi e selezionare la fonte video e audio che desideri monitorare.
L’audio selezionato si può ascoltare mediante gli altoparlanti integrati, e monitorare tramite
l’uscita HDMI sui canali 1 e 2.
NOTA L’uscita HDMI mostra una schermata nera quando sono selezionati gli ingressi
analogico, AES/EBU, o HiFi. L’uscita di loop SDI invia sempre l’audio e il video connessi
all’ingresso SDI.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Mute
Premi il pulsante con l’icona dell’altoparlante per silenziare l’audio degli altoparlanti del pannello
frontale di Blackmagic Audio Monitor e delle cuffie collegate. L’opzione Mute non intacca l’ingresso
audio. Per riattivare l’audio degli altoparlanti o delle cuffie premi di nuovo il pulsante Mute oppure
aumenta il volume.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

Manopola volume
Ruota la manopola per regolare il volume degli altoparlanti o delle cuffie singolarmente. Il livellodel volume appare sul display LCD. Quando sono connesse le cuffie, gli altoparlanti di Blackmagic
Audio Monitor si disattivano e l’audio viene riprodotto solo nelle cuffie. Il volume è facilmente
regolabile ruotando oppurtunamente la manopola.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Il display LCD sul pannello di controllo mostra il livello del volume.

Utilizzare Blackmagic Audio Monitor

185

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
L’utilità Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup consente di impostare il tipo di indicatori di livellodesiderati, e di aggiornare il software interno di Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Quando il modello originale di Blackmagic Audio Monitor è connesso al computer tramite USB,
puoi cambiarne la configurazione e aggiornare il software interno con l’utilità. Con Blackmagic
Audio Monitor 12G G3 è possibile aggiornare l’unità e cambiare la configurazione tramite USBo ethernet.
Per installare Audio Monitor Setup:1

Vai su www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support nel browser e scarica gli ultimi driver di
Audio Monitor.

2

Una volta completato il download, fai doppio clic sull’icona Install Audio Monitor per aprirel’installer. Segui tutte le indicazioni e clicca su Install per installare il software.

3

Una volta installato il software, vai nella cartella Blackmagic Audio Monitor in Applicazioni
o Programmi e fai doppio clic su Audio Monitor Setup.

Aggiorna il software interno di Blackmagic Audio Monitor e cambia
le impostazioni con l’utilità Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup186

La tab AudioIn questo menù si trovano le impostazioni per il ritardo audio e il monitoraggio dei livelli.

Audio Delay
Aggiungi un ritardo alle connessioni HDMI e SDI di loop muovendo lo slider. Regola il ritardo in
fotogrammi o millisecondi.

Indicatori di livello audio
Le opzioni disponibili sono VU, PPM e Loudness, con scale EBU e BBC. Gli indicatori VU sono
conformi agli standard, mentre PPM e Loudness offrono un sistema di misurazione dellapercezione dell’intensità. La tabella seguente elenca i tipi di indicatori di livello supportati e lescale di misurazione ad essi corrispondenti.
Tipo di indicatore

Tipo di scala

Scala

Riferimento per l’uso

VU–-45 a +3

Stampato sul pannello

PPM

EBU

-12 a +12

Adesivo

PPM

BBC

1a7

Adesivo

Loudness

EBU +9-18 a +9

Adesivo

Loudness

EBU +18-36 a +18

Adesivo

Loudness

Piena scala +9-41 a -14

Adesivo

Loudness

Piena scala +18-59 a -5

Adesivo

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

187

VU
Questo tipo di indicatore misura la media tra i brevi picchi e le valli del segnale audio. Serve
principalmente per monitorare i picchi del segnale, ma grazie alla sua capacità di mediare è
utile anche per monitorare il loudness percepito dell’audio.

PPM
Avvalendosi della funzione “peak hold”, questo indicatore ritiene momentaneamente i picchi
del segnale e un tempo di caduta lento, segnalando chiaramente il livello in cui l’audio
raggiunge il suo picco.

Loudness
Questo indicatore segnala la qualità soggettiva del loudness del segnale audio. Gli odierni
standard del broadcast prevedono la misurazione del loudness per ottenere livelli diloudness costanti.
Gli indicatori VU e PPM permettono di selezionare un livello di riferimento di -18dB o -20dB,
a seconda degli standard del broadcast dei diversi Paesi.
I LED di Blackmagic Audio Monitor si illuminano in modo diverso a seconda del tipo diindicatore di livello selezionato. Per identificare il picco del segnale audio con facilità, il prodotto
include anche strisce adesive che riportano accurate scale dB di riferimento. Stacca l’adesivo
con la scala desiderata e applicalo tra le due file di indicatori a LED, sopra gli indici VU esistenti
sul pannello frontale.
Sono inclusi due adesivi per ogni tipo di indicatore di livello e scala. Gli adesivi sono anche
disponibili presso i centri di assistenza Blackmagic Design.

Le strisce adesive incluse consentono di individuare
con facilità il picco del segnale audio in baseal tipo di indicatore di livello selezionato.

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

188

La tab Setup
In questo menù trovi la versione del software e le impostazioni di rete di Audio Monitor. Puoi
assegnare un nome all’unità per renderla facilmente riconoscibile quando ci si connette inmodalità remota.
Per assegnare un nome a Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
1

Clicca sulla tab {Setup}.

2

In {Name} digita la nuova etichetta.

3

Salva cliccando su {Save} in basso a destra.

Impostazioni di rete
Accedere a Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G in rete è il metodo più immediato quando si controllano
più unità. Basta utilizzare Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G è
impostato su DHCP per acquisire automaticamente un indirizzo di rete, ed è facile selezionarlo dallahome dell’utilità.
Se Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G non viene rilevato, o se lo hai precedentemente impostato su
un indirizzo statico incompatibile con la rete in uso, potrebbe essere necessario cambiare leimpostazioni di rete a livello locale. Per farlo connetti il dispositivo tramite USB.

Accesso all’utilità
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup è accessibile quando il dispositivo è connesso tramite rete oUSB. Alla voce {Allow Utility Administration} spunta la casella {via USB} per bloccare l’accesso
ad altri utenti in rete.

Reset
Clicca {Factory Reset} per riportare il tuo Audio Monitor 12G alle impostazioni di fabbrica.

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

189

La tab 2110
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 include una tab per configurare i flussi IP SMPTE 2110 e leimpostazioni del PTP grandmaster.

2110 Receiver
Per mappare solo fonti audio, spunta la casella {Show Audio Sources Only}.
Clicca sulla lente di ingrandimento a destra del campo {Receiver} per selezionare il flusso inentrata. Si aprirà una finestra con la lista di tutte le fonti disponibili, con i dettagli del nodo IP edell’etichetta della fonte. Evidenzia un flusso e clicca il pulsante {Select}. La finestra si chiude eapparirà l’etichetta della fonte nel campo {Receiver}. Dovresti vedere la fonte in entrata sul
display dell’LCD di Audio Monitor.

PTP Clock
In questa sezione puoi configurare le impostazioni per il PTP grandmaster.

Per connettere Audio Monitor 12G G3 a uno switch di rete 10G con un grandmaster PTP è
necessario impostare il dispositivo in modalità follower per evitare conflitti temporali. Se hai
collegato Audio Monitor a un’altra unità IP 2110, per esempio Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G
Converter, spunta la casella {PTP Follower Only} per uno di loro.
Domain Number
Inserisci lo stesso numero di dominio del PTP grandmaster. Solitamente è 127, ma si può
sempre cambiare in questo campo.
Master
Mostra l’indirizzo MAC del PTP grandmaster, che può essere un dispositivo grandmasterseparato o un altro dispositivo Blackmagic IP 2110.
PTP Lock
Questo campo conferma che Audio Monitor è agganciato a un clock PTP tramite ethernet.
Priority
In presenza di più di un PTP grandmaster, questi due campi consentono di dare la preferenza a
uno o all’altro. 1 è la prima priorità, 2 la seconda.
Announce Interval / Timeout
Questi campi devono corrispondere alle specifiche del PTP grandmaster, che tipicamente
trasmette messaggi di sincronizzazione ogni 2 secondi o 2000 ms. Per cambiare la frequenzadel messaggio scegli tra le opzioni di questo menù. Il range di scelta per l’intervallo e il timeout
dipende dal tuo PTP grandmaster.

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

190

Aggiornare il software interno
1Connetti Blackmagic Audio Monitor al tuo computer tramite USB o ethernet.

2

Lancia l’utilità Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

3

Clicca sull’icona di configurazione. L’utilità suggerisce di aggiornare il software se rileva una
versione precedente.

4

Clicca su “Update” per avviare l’installazione dell’aggiornamento.

Cicca su “Update” per aggiornare il software interno.

La barra di avanzamento mostra lo statodell’ aggiornamento in corso.

5

Clicca su “Close” ad aggiornamento completato.

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

191

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

192

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

193

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

194Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Utilità Audio Monitor Setup

195

Assistenza
Assistenza clienti
Per ottenere supporto tecnico e non solo, visita la pagina Supporto del sito Blackmagic Design.

Pagina di supporto online di Blackmagic Design
Per il materiale più recente, inclusi software e note di supporto, visita il sito Blackmagic Design
alla pagina www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support

Il Forum Blackmagic Design
La pagina Forum del nostro sito Blackmagic Design è un’ottima risorsa per ottenere
informazioni utili e condividere idee creative. Qui troverai le risposte alle domande piùfrequenti, oltre ai consigli degli utenti esistenti e dello staff Blackmagic Design. Visita la pagina
Forum su https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Contatta Blackmagic Design
Se il materiale sulla nostra pagina Forum non risponde alle tue domande, clicca su “Invia una
email” nella pagina Supporto, oppure clicca su “Trova un team di supporto” per contattare
direttamente il team di Blackmagic Design più vicino a te.

Verificare la versione del software
Per scoprire la versione del software Blackmagic Audio Monitor installata sul tuo computer,apri la tab “About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup”.
 Su macOS, apri Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup dalla cartella Applicazioni e seleziona“About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup” dal menù.
 Su Windows 10, clicca l’icona Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup nella pagina Start.
Dal menù “Help” clicca su “About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup”.

Dove trovare gli aggiornamenti più recenti del software
Gli ultimi aggiornamenti software sono disponibili sul sito Blackmagic Design alla pagina
Supporto www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support. Ti consigliamo di non aggiornare il software
se sei nel mezzo di un progetto importante.

Assistenza

196

Normative
Smaltimento di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche nell’Unione Europea
Questo simbolo indica che il dispositivo non deve essere scartato insieme agli altririfiuti, ma consegnato a uno degli appositi centri di raccolta e riciclaggio. La raccolta e
lo smaltimento differenziato corretto di questo tipo di apparecchiatura evita lo spreco dirisorse e contribuisce alla sostenibilità ambientale e umana. Per tutte le informazioni suicentri di raccolta e riciclaggio, contatta gli uffici del tuo comune di residenza o il punto
vendita presso cui hai acquistato il prodotto.
Questo dispositivo è stato testato e dichiarato conforme ai limiti relativi ai dispositivi
digitali di Classe A, come indicato nella Parte 15 del regolamento FCC. Tali limiti sono
stati stabiliti con lo scopo di fornire protezione ragionevole da interferenze dannose inambienti commerciali. Questo dispositivo genera, usa e può irradiare energia aradiofrequenza e, se non è installato o usato in conformità alle istruzioni, può causareinterferenze dannose che compromettono le comunicazioni radio. Operare questo
dispositivo in ambienti residenziali può causare interferenze dannose, nella cui
evenienza l’utente dovrà porvi rimedio a proprie spese.
Il funzionamento è soggetto alle due condizioni seguenti:
1

Questo dispositivo non deve causare interferenze dannose.

2

Questo dispositivo deve accettare eventuali interferenze ricevute, incluse leinterferenze che possono causare un funzionamento indesiderato.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004
Dichiarazione ISED (Canada)
Questo dispositivo è conforme agli standard canadesi sui dispositivi digitali
di Classe A.
Qualsiasi modifica o utilizzo del dispositivo al di fuori di quello previsto potrebbero
invalidare la conformità a tali standard.
Consigliamo di connettere le interfacce HDMI usando cavi schermati HDMI dialta qualità.
Questo dispositivo è stato testato per l’uso in ambienti commerciali. Se utilizzato inambienti domestici, può causare interferenze radio.

Normative

197

Sicurezza
Per evitare scosse elettriche, connettere il dispositivo a una presa di corrente con messa aterra. Per qualsiasi dubbio, contattare un elettricista qualificato.
Per ridurre il rischio di scosse elettriche, evitare di esporre il dispositivo a gocce o spruzzi.
Questo dispositivo è adatto all’uso nei luoghi tropicali con una temperatura ambiente nonsuperiore ai 40ºC.
Lasciare uno spazio adeguato intorno al dispositivo per consentire sufficiente ventilazione.
Se installato su rack, assicurarsi che i dispositivi adiacenti non ostacolino la ventilazione.
Le parti all’interno del dispositivo non sono riparabili dall’utente. Contattare un centro
assistenza Blackmagic Design per le operazioni di manutenzione.
Usare il dispositivo a un’altitudine non superiore a 2000 m sopra il livello del mare.
Dichiarazione dello Stato della California
Questo dispositivo può esporre l’utente a sostanze chimiche, per esempio tracce di bifenili
polibromurati nelle parti in plastica, che nello Stato della California sono considerati causa dicancro e di difetti alla nascita o di altri difetti riproduttivi.
Per maggiori informazioni, visitare la pagina www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Sicurezza

198

Garanzia
Garanzia limitata di un annoBlackmagic Design garantisce che questo prodotto è fornito privo di difetti nei materiali e nella
manifattura per un periodo di un anno a partire dalla data d’acquisto. Durante il periodo di garanzia
Blackmagic Design riparerà o, a sua scelta, sostituirà tutti i componenti che risultino difettosi
esonerando il Cliente da costi aggiuntivi, purché questi vengano restituiti dal Cliente.
Per ottenere l’assistenza coperta dalla presente garanzia, il Cliente deve notificare Blackmagic Designdel difetto entro il periodo di garanzia. Il Cliente è responsabile del costo di imballaggio e dispedizione del prodotto al centro di assistenza indicato da Blackmagic Design, con spese dispedizione prepagate. Il costo include spedizione, assicurazione, tasse, dogana, e altre spesepertinenti alla resa del prodotto a Blackmagic Design.
Questa garanzia perde di validità per danni causati da utilizzo improprio, o da manutenzione e curainadeguate del prodotto. Blackmagic Design non ha obbligo di assistenza e riparazione sottogaranzia per danni al prodotto risultanti da: a) precedenti tentativi di installazione, riparazione omanutenzione da personale non autorizzato, ovvero al di fuori del personale Blackmagic Design,b) precedenti usi impropri o tentativi di connessione ad attrezzatura incompatibile al prodotto,c) precedente uso di parti o ricambi non originali Blackmagic Design, o d) precedenti modificheo integrazione del prodotto ad altri prodotti, con il risultato di rendere la riparazione più difficoltosa
o di allungare le tempistiche di eventuali ispezioni atte alla riparazione. La presente garanzia diBlackmagic Design sostituisce qualsiasi altra garanzia, esplicita o implicita. Blackmagic Design e
i suoi fornitori escludono qualsiasi altra garanzia implicita di commerciabilità o di idoneità ad un
uso specifico. L’intera responsabilità di Blackmagic Design e l’unico esclusivo ricorso dell’utente
per qualsiasi danno arrecato di natura indiretta, specifica, accidentale o consequenziale, anche
qualora Blackmagic Design fosse stata avvertita della possibilità di tali danni, è la riparazione o lasostituzione dei prodotti difettosi. Blackmagic Design non si assume alcuna responsabilità perqualsiasi uso illegale del dispositivo da parte del Cliente. Blackmagic Design non si assume alcuna
responsabilità per danni derivanti dall’uso di questo prodotto. Il Cliente utilizza questo prodotto a
proprio rischio.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Tutti i diritti riservati. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup Videohub’,‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ e ‘Leading the creative video revolution’ sono marchi registrati negli Stati Uniti
e in altri Paesi. Altri nomi di prodotti e aziende menzionati in questo manuale potrebbero essere marchi dei rispettivi proprietari.

Garanzia

199

Julho 2024

Manual de Instalação e Operação

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3Português

Bem-vindo
Obrigado por adquirir um Blackmagic Audio Monitor para a sua produção.
Esperamos que você compartilhe do nosso sonho de transformar a indústria televisiva em uma
indústria verdadeiramente criativa, permitindo que todos tenham acesso a equipamentos devídeo da mais alta qualidade.
O monitoramento de áudio é fundamental em qualquer fluxo de trabalho de produção devídeo, seja em teledifusão, pós-produção ou produção ao vivo. O Blackmagic Audio Monitor
oferece todos os recursos dos monitores de áudio profissionais em um design compacto paramontagem em rack. Você pode conectá-lo a praticamente todos os tipos de equipamentos deáudio para monitoramento de alta qualidade. O Blackmagic Audio Monitor original suporta SDI
6G para conectar vídeo Ultra HD a até 30 quadros por segundo. O Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G suporta SDI 12G para conectar vídeo Ultra HD a até 60 quadros por segundo, bem como
entradas de vídeo SDI 3G nível A e B. Além disso, o Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 suporta
até SDI 12G via vídeo IP SMPTE 2110 utilizando Ethernet 10G.
Este manual de instrução contém todas as informações necessárias para você começar a usaro seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Por favor, consulte a página de suporte no nosso site em www.blackmagicdesign.com/br paraa versão mais recente deste manual e para atualizações do software interno do seu Blackmagic
Audio Monitor. Para garantir o recebimento de todos os recursos mais recentes, mantenhao seu software atualizado. Ao baixar o software, registre seus dados para que possamosmantê-lo informado sobre os novos lançamentos. Estamos sempre trabalhando com novos
recursos e aprimoramentos, então gostaríamos muito de ouvir a sua opinião!

Grant Petty
Diretor Executivo da Blackmagic Design201Índice
Instruções Preliminares

203

Aba Audio

209Blackmagic Audio Monitor

203

Aba Setup

211

Conectar Áudio

203

Aba 2110

212

Selecionar Sua Fonte de Áudio

204

Atualizar Software Interno

213

Conectar Saídas de Vídeo204

Developer Information 

214

Usar Blackmagic Audio Monitor

205

LCD 205

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol v1.4

214

Medidores de Nível de Áudio

206

Ajuda

218Botões do Painel de Controle

206

Informações Regulatórias

219

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

208

Informações de Segurança

220Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup

208

Garantia

221

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

202

Instruções Preliminares
Blackmagic Audio Monitor
O Blackmagic Audio Monitor e o Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G oferecem soluções demonitoramento de áudio em tempo real montáveis em rack que podem ser usadas com uma
variedade de fontes de áudio e vídeo em ambientes ao vivo, pós-produções e transmissões.
O Blackmagic Audio Monitor conecta-se a equipamentos de áudio analógico e digital AES/EBU e SD/
HD/3G/6G-SDI para garantir que as saídas tenham os níveis de áudio corretos. O modelo 12G é
compatível com 12G-SDI, portanto é possível conectar vídeos Ultra HD de até 60 quadros por segundo.
Os medidores de nível em LED dos canais da direita e esquerda permitem que você acompanhe o pico
do seu áudio e o LCD exibe a sua entrada de vídeo SDI, além de informações importantes, como tipo deconexão de entrada, formato de vídeo, taxa de quadro, canais de áudio e nível de volume.
É possível monitorar até 16 canais de áudio SDI embutido ou usar conectores XLR para áudio
analógico balanceado e digital AES/EBU. Também há conectores RCA para que você possa
conectar equipamentos de uso doméstico, como sistemas HiFi e iPods.
O seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor inclui dois alto-falantes internos de alcance completo e alta qualidade edois subwoofers que fornecem frequências em ampla variedade para a reprodução de som profundo e
claro. Alternativamente, você pode conectar um fone de ouvido para um monitoramento sonoro seguro,que é excelente para ambientes ruidosos.

Painel frontal do Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

Painel traseiro do Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

Os modelos Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3G também suportam o recebimento de fluxos 2110
nativos, incluindo SDI 12G compactado.

Painel frontal do Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3.

Painel traseiro do Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3.

Conectar ÁudioO Blackmagic Audio Monitor é compatível com praticamente todos os tipos de equipamentos de áudio.
Caso queira conectar sinais SDI em SD, HD, 2K ou até Ultra HD, você pode usar a entrada SDI com um
conector BNC padrão. O modelo 12G é compatível com entradas de sinal de vídeo 3G-SDI nível A e B.
Você deve usar conectores XLR caso deseje monitorar áudio digital AES/EBU a partir de equipamentos
incluindo gravadores de disco e consoles de áudio digital ou de equipamentos como mesas de som e
decks Betacam SP. Áudios analógicos de equipamentos de uso doméstico, como aparelhos de DVD e
Instruções Preliminares

203

VCRs, podem ser conectados usando conectores RCA padrão. Outra opção é conectar fones de ouvido
através do conector tipo jack para fone de ouvido TRS de 1/4”, quando precisar ouvir seu áudio sem
perturbar a equipe.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

5

2

6

3

1

7

1. Ethernet 10G 2. USB-C 3. Saída 4K HDMI
4. Entrada SDI 12G e saída SDI 12G 5. Entrada XLR para AES/EBU
6. Entrada XLR para áudio analógico 7. Entrada RCA estéreo para dispositivos de áudio domésticos

Selecionar Sua Fonte de Áudio
Após conectar seu equipamento de áudio ao Blackmagic Audio Monitor, basta selecionar sua conexão
pressionando o botão “Input” no painel de controle. Com sua entrada selecionada e o áudio presente,você notará que a iluminação em LED dos medidores de nível de áudio fica acesa. O medidor de nívelde áudio consiste em 2 fileiras de LEDs coloridas e ficam acesas para que você confirme com facilidade
se sua entrada de áudio está funcionando.
O botão “Input” permite que você navegue pelas conexões de áudio e você pode vê-las no LCD
com informações incluindo tipo de entrada, canais de áudio e nível de volume. Isto é tudo que vocêprecisa fazer para monitorar áudio com o Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

Conectar Saídas de Vídeo
Caso você precise de monitoramento de vídeo, assim como de áudio, as saídas de vídeo do Blackmagic
Audio Monitor permitem que você monitore vídeo com áudio em uma tela grande, ou conecte outros
equipamentos de vídeo.
A saída HDMI e a saída loop SDI podem ser usadas para monitorar vídeo e áudio embutido. Você podeconectar SD, HD, 2K e até dispositivos de captação Ultra HD, como DeckLink 4K Extreme com um único
cabo SDI. Conecte vídeo com áudio embutido a decks de gravação, como HyperDeck Studio, via SD/
HD-SDI ou monitores Ultra HD mais modernos e projetores HDMI.
O Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 também pode converter entradas ST2110 para HDMI e SDI 12G, eambas as saídas seguirão as entradas SDI ou 2110, dependendo de qual for selecionada através dobotão de entrada no painel frontal.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Os botões de seleção permitem escolher a entrada que deseja monitorar, isolar canais estéreo da direita e esquerda,
navegar para cima e para baixo pelos canais de áudio disponíveis e silenciar os alto-falantes ou fones de ouvido.

Instruções Preliminares

204

Usar Blackmagic Audio Monitor
O painel de controle do Blackmagic Audio Monitor fornece acesso rápido às funções e indicadoresde status mais importantes.

LCD
O LCD colorido integrado possui sobreposições de texto que exibem informações de status
importantes, como a entrada selecionada, o formato de vídeo caso SDI esteja conectado, os canaisde áudio selecionados e o volume dos alto-falantes ou fones de ouvido. O LCD também exibirá
quaisquer sinais de entrada de vídeo SDI. Caso nenhum vídeo SDI seja detectado, um ícone demúsica será exibido.
As seguintes informações serão exibidas para cada entrada selecionada:

Entrada SDI
SDI, formato de vídeo e canais de áudio selecionados.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

O LCD colorido exibe informações de áudio de vídeo,incluindo tipo de conexão, formato de vídeo, canaisde áudio selecionados e nível de volume.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Um ícone de música é exibido no LCD, a menos que
esteja monitorando um sinal SDI ou SMPTE 2110.

Entrada 2110 Ethernet 10G
Vídeo IP SMPTE 2110 incluindo suporte a áudio SMPTE-2110-30.

Entrada XLR de áudio AES/EBU balanceado
AES/EBU, canais de áudio selecionados.

Entradas XLR de áudio analógico balanceado
Analógico, canais de áudio selecionados.

Entradas RCA de áudio analógico não balanceado
HiFi, canais de áudio selecionados.

Usar Blackmagic Audio Monitor

205

Medidores de Nível de Áudio
Os medidores de nível do Blackmagic Audio Monitor possuem duas fileiras de LEDs verdes, laranjas
e vermelhos, que indicam a potência dos seus níveis de áudio. Se todos os LEDs estiverem acesos,
significa que os níveis de áudio estão altos demais e sendo saturados.
O comportamento dos medidores de nível de áudio mudará de acordo com a configuração do tipo demedidor que você selecionou no utilitário Audio Monitor Setup. Caso esteja usando medição VU, ajuste os
níveis de saída no seu equipamento de áudio de modo que o pico do medidor ocorra no indicador 0dB dopainel de controle. Isto maximiza a proporção sinal/ruído e garante que o seu áudio possua a melhor
qualidade possível. Caso seu áudio atinja o pico além do indicador 0dB, o risco de ocorrer distorção é alto.
Por favor consulte a seção ‘Audio Monitor Setup’ para informações sobre a instalação do Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup e configuração dos tipos de medidores de nível.

Botões do Painel de ControleBotões Solo Left e Solo Right
Estes botões permitem isolar o canal de áudio esquerdo e direito para que você possa identificar
eventuais problemas no áudio de cada canal independentemente.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

Selecionar “Solo Left” desativa o canal de áudio direito. O medidorde nível de áudio continuará exibindo ambos os níveis.

Como monitorar o canal de áudio esquerdo:
1

Pressione o botão “Solo Left”. O botão ficará iluminado em verde e o áudio será reproduzido
apenas pelo alto-falante esquerdo.

2

Pressione “Solo Left” novamente para retornar ao monitoramento de áudio estéreo.

Para monitorar o áudio do canal direito, repita os passos pressionando “Solo Right”.

Channel Up e Channel Down
Estes botões permitem navegar pelos canais de áudio embutido na sua conexão SDI. Para 3G-SDI,
isto inclui até 16 canais, ou 8 pares. Pressione os botões para cima ou para baixo para navegar pelos
canais SDI de áudio embutido.
O Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G suporta 12G-SDI, que inclui até 64 canais de áudio, ou 32 pares decanais. Pressione e segure os botões de seta para cima e para baixo para navegar rapidamente
pelos canais.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Usar Blackmagic Audio Monitor

206Botão Input
Pressionar repetidamente o botão “Input” alterna entre as entradas SDI, AES/EBU, SMPTE 2110,
analógica e HiFi para que você possa selecionar qual equipamento de vídeo e áudio deseja monitorar.
A entrada de áudio selecionada pode ser ouvida pelos alto-falantes integrados. Você também podemonitorar o áudio dos canais 1 e 2 da saída HDMI.
OBSERVAÇÃO A saída HDMI exibirá vídeo preto quando as entradas Analógica, AES/EBU
ou HiFi estiverem selecionadas. A saída loop SDI sempre faz a saída dos vídeos e áudios
conectados à entrada SDI.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

Botão Silenciar
Este botão silencia os alto-falantes e os fones de ouvido do Blackmagic Audio Monitor. O silenciamentodo áudio não afetará a entrada de áudio, somente a saída de alto-falantes e fones de ouvido. Aopressionar o botão “Silenciar” novamente, o áudio dos alto-falantes e dos fones de ouvido será
restaurado. Alternativamente, o aumento do volume também irá restaurar o áudio.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

VolumeO controle giratório ajusta o volume dos alto-falantes e dos fones de ouvido independentemente. O nível
do volume é exibido no LCD integrado. Quando os fones de ouvido estão conectados, os alto-falantes
do Blackmagic Audio Monitor são silenciados e o áudio é emitido pelos fones de ouvido. O volume podeser ajustado para cima ou para baixo girando o controle no sentido horário ou no sentido anti-horário.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

O nível do volume é exibido no painel de controle LCD.

Usar Blackmagic Audio Monitor

207

Configurar Monitor de Áudio
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
O utilitário Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup é usado para definir o tipo de medidor de nível de áudio
desejado e atualizar o software interno do seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor.
Quando o Blackmagic Audio Monitor original estiver conectado a um computador via USB, vocêpode alterar as configurações e atualizar o software interno usando o utilitário de configuração. No
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3, você também pode atualizar a unidade e alterar configurações
via USB ou Ethernet.
Para instalar o Audio Monitor Setup:
1

Acesse www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support em um navegador e baixe os drivers mais
recentes do Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

2

Quando o arquivo terminar de baixar, clique duas vezes no ícone “Install Audio Monitor” para
executar o instalador. Siga as instruções até o fim e pressione “Install” para instalar o software.

3

Após a instalação do software, navegue até a pasta “Blackmagic Audio Monitor” na pasta deaplicativos ou programas e clique duas vezes em “Audio Monitor Setup”.

Atualize o software interno do seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor e ajuste
as configurações usando o utilitário Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

208

Aba Audio
Clique na aba de áudio para abrir as configurações de atraso e nível de monitoramento de áudio.

Audio Delay
Adicione um atraso de áudio às conexões de saída HDMI e loop SDI ajustando o controle
deslizante. Você pode ajustar o atraso em quadros ou tempo em milissegundos.

Aba MeterVocê pode selecionar entre tipos de medidores VU, PPM ou de loudness com escalas de medição
EBU e BBC. Embora o medidor VU tenha se tornado o padrão, os medidores de PPM e loudness
fornecem sistemas de medidas e escalas de audibilidade percebida. A tabela a seguir mostra os
medidores de nível de áudio suportados e as combinações de escalas de medição.
Tipo de Medidor

Tipo de Escala

Escala de Medida

Como Usar

VU–-45 a +3

Impresso no dispositivo

PPM

EBU

-12 a +12

Adesivo

PPM

BBC

1a7

Adesivo

Loudness

EBU +9-18 a +9

Adesivo

Loudness

EBU +18-36 a +18

Adesivo

Loudness

Full Scale +9-41 a -14

Adesivo

Loudness

Full Scale +18-59 a -5

Adesivo

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

209

VU
Este medidor indica a média de altos e baixos no seu sinal de áudio. Geralmente, é utilizado para
monitorar os picos, no entanto, devido a sua capacidade de determinar os valores médios, também
pode ser utilizado para monitorar a percepção da sonoridade.

PPM
Este medidor com o recurso “retenção de pico” exibe e preserva os picos do sinal temporariamente,
com uma queda lenta para que você possa identificar onde seu áudio está atingindo o nível máximo
com facilidade.

Loudness
Este medidor exibe a qualidade subjetiva da sonoridade do seu sinal de áudio. Os padrões
broadcast atuais incluem medição de loudness a fim de obter níveis consistentes.
Os medidores VU e PPM incluem um nível de referência selecionável de -18 dB ou -20 dB, para quevocê possa monitorar o áudio de acordo com diferentes padrões de transmissão internacionais.
Os LEDs do Blackmagic Audio Monitor se iluminam de maneira diferente dependendo do tipo demedidor selecionado. Rótulos adesivos com escalas de referência precisas em dB são fornecidas
com seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor para ajudar a identificar onde o seu áudio está atingindo níveis
máximos com facilidade. Para aplicar os rótulos, coloque o adesivo desejado entre os medidores
coloridos, cobrindo as marcações da escala VU presentes.
Dois rótulos são fornecidos para cada tipo de medidor de nível de áudio e escala de medição. Folhas
de adesivos também estão disponíveis na assistência técnica Blackmagic Design da sua região.

Os adesivos permitem identificar exatamente o ponto em queo áudio está atingindo o pico nos diferentes medidores.

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

210

Aba Setup
A aba de configuração mostra o número da versão do software e contém as configurações de rede do
seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor. Você também pode rotular sua unidade com um nome personalizado.
Nomear a unidade ajuda a localizá-la rapidamente quando esta estiver conectada remotamente. A aba
de configuração também contém as configurações de rede do monitor de áudio.
Para nomear seu Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
1Clique na aba “Setup”.

2

Clique na caixa de texto “Name” e digite um novo rótulo.

3

Clique em “Save” no canto inferior direito da tela do utilitário.

Configurações de Rede
Acessar o Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G pela rede é a maneira mais fácil de gerenciar várias
unidades. Você pode fazer isso usando o Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup. Por padrão, seu
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G está configurado para DHCP, então ele adquirirá automaticamente
um endereço de rede, facilitando a seleção imediata na tela inicial do utilitário de configuração.
Caso esteja com dificuldade de encontrar um Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G na sua rede - ou otenha configurado anteriormente para usar um endereço estático incompatível com a sua rede atual- talvez seja necessário alterar as configurações de rede a nível local. Isso pode ser feito via USB.

Allow Utility Administration
O Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup pode ser acessado quando seu monitor de áudio estiver conectado via
rede ou USB. Para impedir que outros usuários obtenham acesso através da rede, selecione “via USB”.

Reset
Selecione “Factory Reset” para restaurar seu Audio Monitor 12G às configurações de fábrica.

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

211

Aba 2110
O Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 inclui uma aba para configurar fluxos IP SMPTE 2110 e asconfigurações para o grandmaster PTP.

2110 Receiver
Se você estiver mapeando apenas fontes de áudio, marque a caixa de seleção para mostrar apenas
fontes de áudio.
Para rotear o fluxo que você deseja receber, clique na lupa à direita do campo do receptor para
abrir uma janela mostrando todas as fontes disponíveis listadas com o nó IP e o rótulo da fonte paraos fluxos. Destaque um fluxo e clique no botão “Select”. A janela fechará e o rótulo do fluxo
aparecerá no campo do receptor. Agora você verá a fonte de entrada no LCD do monitor de áudio.

PTP Clock Settings
As configurações do PTP permitem ajustar as definições do grandmaster PTP.

Ao conectar o Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 a um switch de rede 10G com um grandmaster PTP, omonitor de áudio precisa ser configurado no modo “seguidor” para evitar um conflito de temporização.
Se você conectou o monitor de áudio a outra unidade IP 2110, como um Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G
Converter, configure uma delas para ser a seguidora marcando a caixa de seleção.

Domain Number
Digite o número do domínio para corresponder ao do grandmaster PTP. Geralmente é 127, mas podeser alterado digitando um número de domínio diferente no campo.

MasterO campo de endereço do máster exibe o endereço MAC do grandmaster PTP, que pode ser um
dispositivo grandmaster separado ou um outra unidade IP 2110 da Blackmagic.

PTP LockO campo “PTP Lock” indicará quando o monitor de áudio estiver sincronizado com um relógio PTP
via Ethernet.

Priority
As configurações de prioridade 1 e 2 permitem definir o grandmaster PTP preferido quando houvermais de um grandmaster PTP na rede. Quanto menor o número, maior a prioridade.

Announce Interval and Timeout
Os campos “Announce Interval” e “Announce Timeout” precisam corresponder às especificações do
grandmaster PTP, que transmite mensagens de sincronização geralmente a cada dois segundos ou2000 ms. Para alterar a frequência da mensagem, use o menu para selecionar um tempo diferente.
As faixas disponíveis para intervalo de anúncio e limite de tempo de anúncio dependerão do seu
grandmaster PTP.
Configurar Monitor de Áudio

212

Atualizar Software Interno
1

Conecte o Blackmagic Audio Monitor ao seu computador via USB ou Ethernet.

2

Abra o Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup.

3

Clique no ícone de configuração e o utilitário informará caso uma atualização seja necessária.

4

Caso exista uma atualização disponível, clique no botão “Update” e permita que a instalação dosoftware seja concluída.

Clique no botão “Update” para aplicar a
atualização do software interno.

Uma barra de progresso indicará o status da atualização.

5

Clique no botão “Close” quando a atualização estiver concluída.

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

213

Developer Information
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

214

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

215

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be

ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Configurar Monitor de Áudio

216

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Configurar Monitor de Áudio

217

AjudaObter Ajuda
A maneira mais rápida de obter ajuda é visitando as páginas de suporte online daBlackmagic Design e consultando os materiais de suporte mais recentes disponíveis para o seu
Blackmagic Audio Monitor.

Páginas de Suporte Online da Blackmagic Design
O manual, o software e as notas de suporte mais recentes podem ser encontrados na Central deSuporte Técnico da Blackmagic Design www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support.

Fórum Blackmagic Design
O fórum da Blackmagic Design no nosso site é um recurso útil que você pode acessar para mais
informações e ideias criativas. Também pode ser uma maneira mais rápida de obter ajuda, pois já
podem existir respostas de outros usuários experientes e da equipe da Blackmagic Design, o que
o ajudará a seguir em frente. Você pode visitar o fórum em https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Contatar o Suporte Blackmagic Design
Caso não encontre a ajuda que precisa no nosso material de suprte ou no fórum, por favor, use obotão “Enviar email” na página de suporte para nos encaminhar uma solicitação de suporte.
Ou, clique no botão “Encontre sua equipe de suporte local” na página de suporte e ligue para a
assistência técnica da Blackmagic Design mais próxima.

Verificar a Versão de Software Atualmente InstaladaPara verificar a versão do software Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup instalada no seu computador,abra a janela “About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup”.
 No macOS, abra o Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup na pasta “Aplicativos”. Selecione“About Blackmagic Audio Monitor” no menu do aplicativo para revelar o número da versão.
 No Windows 10, abra o Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup do ladrilho Blackmagic Audio
Monitor Setup na sua página Iniciar. Clique no menu de ajuda e selecione “Sobre
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup” para revelar o número da versão.

Como Obter as Atualizações de Software Mais Recentes
Depois que verificar a versão do software Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup instalada no seu
computador, por favor, visite a Central de Suporte Técnico da Blackmagic Design em
www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support para conferir as últimas atualizações. Embora seja uma boa
ideia instalar as últimas atualizações, é recomendável evitar atualizar qualquer software caso esteja
no meio de um projeto importante.

Ajuda

218

Informações Regulatórias
Descarte de Resíduos de Equipamentos Elétricos e Eletrônicos na União Europeia
O símbolo no produto indica que este equipamento não pode ser eliminado com outros
materiais residuais. Para eliminar seus resíduos de equipamento, eles devem ser entregues
a um ponto de coleta designado para reciclagem. A coleta separada e a reciclagem dos
seus resíduos de equipamento no momento da eliminação ajudarão a preservar osrecursos naturais e a garantir que sejam reciclados de uma maneira que proteja a saúde
humana e o meio ambiente. Para mais informações sobre onde você pode entregar os
resíduos do seu equipamento para reciclagem, por favor entre em contato com a agência
de reciclagem local da sua cidade ou o revendedor do produto adquirido.
Este equipamento foi testado e respeita os limites para um dispositivo digital Classe A,
conforme a Parte 15 das normas da FCC. Esses limites foram criados para fornecer proteção
razoável contra interferências nocivas quando o equipamento é operado em um ambiente
comercial. Este equipamento gera, usa e pode irradiar energia de radiofrequência e, se nãofor instalado ou usado de acordo com as instruções, poderá causar interferências nocivas
nas comunicações via rádio. A operação deste produto em uma área residencial podecausar interferência nociva, nesse caso o usuário será solicitado a corrigir a interferência às
suas próprias custas.
A operação está sujeita às duas condições a seguir:
1

Este dispositivo não poderá causar interferência nociva.

2

Este dispositivo deve aceitar qualquer interferência recebida, incluindo interferência
que possa causar uma operação indesejada.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004

Norma Canadense ISED
Este dispositivo cumpre com as exigências canadenses para aparelhos digitais
de classe A.
Quaisquer modificações ou utilização deste produto fora dos limites previstos poderão
anular a conformidade com estas normas.
A conexão com interfaces HDMI deve ser feita com cabos HDMI protegidos.
Este equipamento foi testado para fins de cumprimento com a sua utilização pretendida
em um ambiente comercial. Se o equipamento for usado em um ambiente doméstico,poderá causar interferência radioelétrica.

Informações Regulatórias

219

Informações de Segurança
Para proteção contra choque elétrico, o equipamento deve estar conectado à uma tomada com
conexão de aterramento de proteção. Em caso de dúvida, consulte um eletricista qualificado.
Para reduzir o risco de choque elétrico, não exponha este equipamento a pingos ou respingos.
O produto é adequado para uso em locais tropicais com temperatura ambiente de até 40ºC.
Certifique-se de que ventilação adequada seja fornecida ao redor do produto e não esteja restringida.
Ao montar o produto em rack, certifique-se de que a ventilação não esteja restringida por
equipamentos adjacentes.
Não há componentes internos reparáveis pelo operador. Solicite o serviço de manutenção à
assistência técnica local da Blackmagic Design.
Utilize apenas em altitudes inferiores a 2000 m acima do nível do mar.

Declaração do Estado da Califórnia
Este produto pode expô-lo a produtos químicos, tais como vestígios de bifenilos polibromados
dentro de peças de plástico, considerados pelo estado da Califórnia como causadores de câncer edefeitos congênitos ou outros danos reprodutivos.
Para mais informações, visite www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
Escritório Europeu
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Informações de Segurança

220

Garantia
12 Meses de Garantia Limitada
A Blackmagic Design garante que este produto estará isento de quaisquer defeitos de materiais e fabricação
por um período de 12 meses a partir da data de compra. Se o produto se revelar defeituoso durante esteperíodo de garantia, a Blackmagic Design, a seu critério, consertará o produto defeituoso sem cobrançapelos componentes e mão-de-obra, ou fornecerá a substituição em troca pelo produto defeituoso.
Para obter o serviço sob esta garantia você, o Consumidor, deve notificar a Blackmagic Design dodefeito antes da expiração do período de garantia e tomar as providências necessárias para odesempenho do serviço. O Consumidor é responsável pelo empacotamento e envio do produto
defeituoso para um centro de assistência designado pela Blackmagic Design com os custos de envio
pré-pagos. O Consumidor é responsável pelo pagamento de todos os custos de envio, seguro, taxas,
impostos e quaisquer outros custos para os produtos retornados para nós por qualquer razão.
Esta garantia não se aplica a defeitos, falhas ou danos causados por uso inadequado ou manutenção
e cuidado inadequado ou impróprio. A Blackmagic Design não é obrigada a fornecer serviços sob estagarantia: a) para consertar danos causados por tentativas de instalar, consertar ou fornecer assistência
técnica ao produto por pessoas que não sejam representantes da Blackmagic Design, b) para consertar
danos causados por uso ou conexão imprópria a equipamentos não compatíveis, c) para consertar
danos ou falhas causadas pelo uso de componentes ou materiais que não são da Blackmagic Design,d) para fornecer assistência técnica de um produto que foi modificado ou integrado a outros produtos
quando o efeito de tal modificação ou integração aumenta o tempo ou a dificuldade da assistência
técnica do serviço. ESTA GARANTIA É FORNECIDA PELA BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NO LUGAR DEQUAISQUER OUTRAS GARANTIAS, EXPLÍCITAS OU IMPLÍCITAS. A BLACKMAGIC DESIGN E SEUS
FORNECEDORES NEGAM QUAISQUER GARANTIAS IMPLÍCITAS DE COMERCIALIZAÇÃO OU
ADEQUAÇÃO A UMA FINALIDADE ESPECÍFICA. A RESPONSABILIDADE DA BLACKMAGIC DESIGNDE CONSERTAR OU SUBSTITUIR PRODUTOS DEFEITUOSOS É A ÚNICA E EXCLUSIVA MEDIDAFORNECIDA AO CONSUMIDOR PARA QUAISQUER DANOS INDIRETOS, ESPECIAIS OU ACIDENTAISINDEPENDENTEMENTE DA BLACKMAGIC DESIGN OU DO FORNECEDOR TIVER INFORMAÇÃOPRÉVIA SOBRE A POSSIBILIDADE DE TAIS DANOS. A BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NÃO É RESPONSÁVEL
POR QUAISQUER USOS ILEGAIS DO EQUIPAMENTO PELO CONSUMIDOR. A BLACKMAGIC NÃO É
RESPONSÁVEL POR QUAISQUER DANOS CAUSADOS PELO USO DESTE PRODUTO. O USUÁRIO
DEVE OPERAR ESTE PRODUTO POR CONTA E RISCO PRÓPRIOS© Direitos autorais 2024 Blackmagic Design. Todos os direitos reservados. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup
Videohub’, ‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ e ‘Leading the creative video revolution’ são marcas comerciais
registradas nos Estados Unidos e em outros países. Todos os outros nomes de empresas e produtos podem ser marcas comerciais
de suas respectivas empresas com as quais elas são associadas.

Garantia221

Temmuz 2024

Kurulum ve Kullanım Kılavuzu

Blackmagic

Audio Monitor 12G

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3TürkçeHoş GeldinizBlackmagic Audio Monitor’u satın aldığınız için teşekkür ederiz.
Herkesin en yüksek kalitedeki video ekipmanına erişim sağlamasını mümkün kılarak, televizyon
endüstrisinin tam anlamıyla yaratıcı bir endüstri olmasına ilişkin hayalimizi paylaştığınızı
umuyoruz.
İster yayın ister post prodüksiyon ister canlı yapım olsun, ses denetleme her türlü video
prodüksiyon iş akışı için çok önemlidir. Blackmagic Audio Monitor, profesyonel ses
monitörlerinin tüm özelliklerini kompakt, raf montajlı bir tasarımda sunar. Yüksek kalite ses
denetleme için neredeyse her tür ses ekipmanına bağlayabilirsiniz. Piyasaya ilk sürdüğümüz
Blackmagic Audio Monitor, saniyede 30 kareye kadar Ultra HD video sinyali bağlanması için
6G-SDI’yı destekler. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G, saniyede 60 kareye kadar Ultra HD video
sinyalinin yanı sıra A ve B seviye 3G-SDI video sinyali girişlerini bağlamak için 12G-SDI’yi
destekler. Bunlara ilaveten Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3, 10G Ethernet kullanarak SMPTE
2110 IP video aracılığıyla 12G-SDI’ya kadar destekler.
Bu kurulum ve kullanım kılavuzu Blackmagic Audio Monitor’u kullanmaya başlamanız için
ihtiyacınız olan tüm bilgileri içerir.
Lütfen internet sitemizdeki destek bilgilerini içeren sayfamıza www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr
adresinden girerek, bu kullanım kılavuzunun en güncel versiyonuna ve Blackmagic Audio
Monitor’un dahili yazılımı için güncellemelere erişim sağlayın. Dahili yazılımınızı güncel tutarak enson özelliklerden yararlandığınızdan emin olabilirsiniz. Yeni yazılımlar piyasaya sürüldüğünde
size duyurabilmemiz için, bilgisayarınıza yazılım indirirken bilgilerinizi sitemize kaydetmenizi rica
ediyoruz. Sürekli yeni özellikler ve geliştirmeler için çaba içinde olduğumuzdan, yorumlarınızı
almaktan mutluluk duyarız.

Grant Petty
CEO Blackmagic DesignİçindekilerBaşlarken 225

Audio Sekmesi

231Blackmagic Audio Monitor ile tanışın

225

Kurulum Sekmesi

233

Ses Kaynaklarının Bağlanması

225

Ses Kaynağının Seçilmesi

226

2110 Sekmesi

234Video Çıkışlarının Bağlanması 226

Dahili Yazılımın Güncellenmesi

235Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un
Kullanılması

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler

236

227

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

LCD 227

Ethernet Protocol v1.4

236

Ses Seviyesi Göstergeleri

228

Yardım240

Kontrol Paneli Butonları

228

Audio Monitor Kurulumu

230

Mevzuata İlişkin Bildirimler

241Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup Yardımcı YazılımıGüvenlik Bilgileri

242

230

GARANTİ

243

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G

224Başlarken
Blackmagic Audio Monitor ile tanışın
Blackmagic Audio Monitor ve Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G canlı, post prodüksiyon ve yayın
ortamlarında, çeşitli video ve ses kaynaklarıyla kullanılabilen bir rack boyutunda gerçek zamanlı
ses denetleme çözümleridir.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor, çıkışlarda doğru ses seviyelerinin sağlanması için, SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI,
dijital AES/EBU ve analog ses ekipmanlarına bağlanır. 12G modeli 12G-SDI’yi desteklediğinden,
saniyede 60 kareye kadar olan Ultra HD video kaynaklarına bağlayabilirsiniz. Sol ve sağ kanal LED
seviye göstergeleri, sesin nerede pik yaptığını gösterir ve dahili LCD ekran da SDI video girişinizi
göstermekle birlikte; giriş bağlantı türü, video formatı, kare hızı, ses kanalları ve ses seviyesi gibiönemli bilgileri gösterir.
16 adede kadar gömülü SDI ses içeren kanalı denetleyebilir ya da dengeli analog ve AES/EBU
dijital ses için XLR konektörlerini kullanabilirsiniz. Ayrıca, HiFi sistemleri veya iPod gibi tüketici
ekipmanlarını takabilmeniz için, RCA konektörleri de mevcuttur.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor’unuz, iki adet dahili, yüksek kaliteli geniş frekans aralıklı hoparlör ve
oldukça net ve derin ses üretimi için, geniş çeşitte frekans aralıkları sunan iki subwoofer içerir.
Gürültülü ortamlarda ideal olan, güvenli ses denetleme için bir kulaklık da takabilirsiniz.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G’nin ön paneli

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G’nin arka paneli

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 modelleri, sıkıştırılmış 12G-SDI dahil olmak üzere yerel 2110
sinyal akışlarının alışını da destekler.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 ön paneli

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 arka paneli

Ses Kaynaklarının Bağlanması
Blackmagic Audio Monitor neredeyse her türlü ses donanımını destekler. SDI sinyallerini; SD,
HD, 2K ve hatta Ultra HD olarak bağlamak istiyorsanız, standart bir BNC konektör kullanarak
SDI girişi ile takabilirsiniz. 12G modeli level A ve B 3G-SDI video sinyal girişlerini destekler.
Disk kaydediciler ve dijital ses konsolları da dahil olmak üzere, dijital AES/EBU ses ekipmanlarından
veya ses mikserleri ya da Betacam SP deck’leri gibi analog ekipmanlardan, dijital sesi denetlemek
istediğinizde XLR konektörlerini kullanabilirsiniz. VCR ve DVD oynatıcıları gibi tüketici ekipmanlarından
gelen analog ses kaynakları, standart RCA konektörler ile bağlanabilirler.
Başlarken

225

Aynı zamanda, başkalarını rahatsız etmeden ses kaynağınızı dinleyebilmeniz için kulaklıklarınızı 1/4”
TRS kulaklık jak aracılığıyla bağlayabilirsiniz.
PUSH

PUSH

Amphenol
3

2

SES

1

2

3

4

1

PUSH

Amphenol
2

3

Amphenol

1

2

6

5

3

1

7

1. 10G Ethernet 2. USB-C 3. HDMI 4K Çıkışı
4. 12G-SDI girişi ve 12G-SDI çıkışı 5. AES/EBU ses için XLR GİRİŞİ
6. Analog ses için XLR GİRİŞİ 7. Tüketici tarzı ses bağlantıları için stereo RCA girişi

Ses Kaynağının Seçilmesi
Ses ekipmanınızı Blackmagic Audio Monitor’a taktıktan sonra yapmanız gereken tek şey, kontrol
panelindeki INPUT (GİRİŞ) düğmesine basarak bağlantıyı seçmek olacaktır. Giriş seçildiğinde ve ses
mevcut olduğunda, ses seviye gösterge LED’lerinin yandığını göreceksiniz. Ses seviye göstergesi 2sıra halindeki renkli LED’lerden oluşmaktadır ve ses girişinizin çalışıp çalışmadığını kolayca
anlayabilmeniz için parlak bir şekilde aydınlatılmıştır.
INPUT düğmesi, ses bağlantılarınız arasında gezinmenize imkan verir ve bunları renkli LCD üzerinde;giriş türü, ses kanalları ve ses seviyesi gibi bilgilerle birlikte görebilirsiniz. Sesi, Blackmagic Audio
Monitor ile denetlemek için yapmanız gerekenler bu kadar.

Video Çıkışlarının Bağlanması
Ses denetlemenin yanı sıra videonun da denetlenmesine ihtiyacınız olduğunda, Blackmagic Audio
Monitor’un video çıkışları, video ile sesin bir büyük ekranda denetlenmesine veya daha çok sayıda
video ekipmanın bağlanmasına imkan verir.
HDMI çıkışı ile SDI loop çıkışı, videonun ve gömülü sesin denetlenmesi için kullanılabilir. SD, HD
ve 2K’ya bağlanabilir ve hatta DeckLink 4K Extreme gibi Ultra HD görüntü yakalama kartlarına
tek bir SDI kablo ile bağlanabilirsiniz. Gömülü ses içeren video kaynaklarını, SD/HD-SDI üzerinden
HyperDeck Studio gibi kaydedici deck’lere ya da HDMI aracılığıyla en son Ultra HD ekranlara
veya projektörlere bağlayabilirsiniz.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 ayrıca, ST2110 sinyallerini HDMI ve 12G-SDI’ya dönüştürebilir, çünkü
her iki sinyal de ön panelde seçili giriş butonuna bağlı olarak SDI veya 2110 sinyallerini takip eder.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

INPUT

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

INPUT

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Seçenek düğmeleri, denetlemek istediğiniz girişleri seçmenize, sol ve sağ stereo kanallarını izole etmenize, mevcut
ses kanalları arasında yukarı veya aşağı gezinmenize ve hoparlörler ile kulaklıkların sesini kapatmanıza imkan tanır.

Başlarken

226Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un Kullanılması
Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un kontrol paneli önemli işlevlere ve durum bilgilerine hızlı erişim sağlar.

LCD
Renkli, dahili LCD ekran; seçilmiş olan girişler, SDI’nın bağlı olduğu durumlarda video formatı,seçilmiş olan kanallar ve hoparlörleriniz veya kulaklıklarınız için ses seviyesi gibi önemli bilgileri
görüntüleyen bir yazı katmanı içerir. LCD ekran ayrıca, gelen tüm SDI video sinyallerini degörüntüler. Bir SDI video sinyali tespit edilmediğinde, bir müzik ikonu belirecektir.
Seçilmiş olan her bir giriş için aşağıdaki bilgiler görüntülenir:

SDI GirişiSDI, video formatı, seçilmiş olan ses kanalları.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Renkli LCD ekran; bağlantı türü, video formatı, seçilmiş olan ses
kanalları ve ses seviyesi gibi ses ve video ile ilgili bilgileri görüntüler.

L
-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Bir SDI veya SMPTE 2110 sinyali denetlenmediği
zaman, LCD’de bir nota işareti görüntülenir

10G Ethernet 2110 Girişi
SMPTE-2110-30 ses desteği dahil olmak üzere SMPTE-2110 IP video.

Dengeli AES/EBU XLR girişi
AES/EBU, seçilmiş olan ses kanalları.

Dengeli XLR analog girişler
Analog, seçilmiş ses kanalları

Dengesiz RCA analog girişler
HiFi, seçilmiş ses kanalları

Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un Kullanılması

227

Ses Seviyesi Göstergeleri
Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un seviye göstergeleri, ses seviyelerinizin gücünü gösteren yeşil,turuncu ve kırmızı renklerde olan iki sıra LED’den oluşur. LED’lerin tümünün yanık olduğu bir
durumda bu, ses seviyelerinizin çok yüksek olduğuna ve kırpıldığına dair bir işarettir.
Ses seviye göstergelerinin davranışı, Audio Monitor Setup yardımcı yazılımında belirlediğiniz
gösterge türü ayarına göre farklılıklar gösterecektir. VU ölçüm türünü kullandığınızda, ses
ekipmanınızdaki çıkış seviyelerini, seviyenin kontrol panelindeki 0dB göstergesinde pikyapacak şekilde ayarlayın. Bu, sinyal gürültü oranını (signal to noise ratio) en iyi seviyeye
getirmenizi ve ses kalitesinin en yüksek kalitede olmasını sağlar. Ses kalitesinin 0dB
göstergesinin üzerinde pik yapması halinde, ses bozulması için ciddi bir risk vardır.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup’ın yüklenmesi ve seviye gösterge türlerinin ayarlanması
hakkında bilgi için, ‘Audio Monitor Kurulumu’ bölümüne bakınız.

Kontrol Paneli Butonları
Solo Left ve Solo Right Butonları
Bu butonlar, sol ve ses kanalları tek başına duymanızı sağlar. Böylece, kanalların herhangi
birindeki olası ses sorunlarını bağımsız olarak kontrol edebilirsiniz.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

L
-45

-30

-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

INPUT

“Solo Left” etiketli buton seçildiğinde, sağ ses kanalı devre dışı kalır. Ses
seviyesi göstergesi, her iki kanal için seviyeyi göstermeye devam eder

Sol ses kanalının denetlenmesi için:
1“Solo Left” butonuna basın. Buton yeşil renkte yanar ve yalnızca sol hoparlörden ses duyulur.

2

Sesi stereo duymaya geri dönmek için “solo left” etiketli butona tekrar basın.

Sağ kanaldaki sesi dinlemek için bunun yerine “solo right” etiketli butona basarak bu adımları
tekrarlayın.

Üstteki Kanal (Channel Up) ve Alttaki Kanal (Channel Down)
Bu düğmeler, SDI bağlantınızdaki gömülü ses kanalları arasında gezinmenizi mümkün kılar. 3G-SDI için,bu; 16 adede kadar kanalı veya 8 adede kadar çift kanalı kapsar. Gömülü SDI ses kanalları arasında
yukarı veya aşağı hareket etmek için, ‘üstteki’ (up) kanal veya ‘alttaki’ (down) kanal düğmelerine basın.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G, 64 adede kadar ses kanalını veya 32 adede kadar çift kanalı
kapsayan, 12G-SDI’yı destekler. Bunlar arasında hızlı bir şekilde gezinmek için, yukarı veya aşağı
ok düğmelerini basılı tutun.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

INPUT

Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un Kullanılması

228

Giriş
INPUT etiketli giriş butonuna tekrar tekrar basmak; SDI, AES/EBU, SMPTE 2110, analog ve HiFi
arasında girişleri değiştirir, böylelikle dinlemek istediğiniz video ve ses ekipmanını seçebilirsiniz.
Seçili ses girişini dahili hoparlörler ile dinleyebilmenin yanısıra, HDMI çıkışının 1. ve 2.
kanallarındaki sesi denetleyebilirsiniz.
NOT HDMI çıkışı; analog, AES/EBU veya HiFi girişleri seçili olduğunda siyah video
görüntüler. SDI Loop çıkışı, daima SDI girişine bağlı olan videonun ve sesin çıkışını sağlar.

SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

-20

-10

-20

-10

INPUT

MUTE (Sessize Al) Butonu
Bu buton, Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un kontrol paneli hoparlörlerini ve kulaklıkları sessize alır.
Sesin kapatılması ses girişinizi etkilemez ve yalnızca hoparlörler ile kulaklık çıkışlarını etkiler.
MUTE butonuna tekrar basıldığında, kontrol panelinin hoparlörlerine veya kulaklıklara ses
tekrardan gelir. Ses seviyesinin artırılması da sesin açılmasını sağlar.
SOLO
LEFT

SOLO
RIGHT

CH

CH

-45

-30

INPUT

Ses Seviyesi
Bu düğme, hoparlör ve kulaklık ses seviyelerinin bağımsız olarak ayarlanmasına yarar. Ses
seviyesi dahili LCD ekranda görüntülenir. Kulaklıklar bağlı olduğunda, Blackmagic Audio
Monitor’un hoparlörlerinin sesi kapanır ve ses çıkışı, kulaklık aracılığıyla sağlanır. Ses seviyesi,
döndürmeli ses düğmesinin saat yönüne ya da saat yönünün aksine çevrilmesiyle kolaylıkla
yükseltilebilir ve düşürülebilir.

L
-20

-10

-3

0

+3
R

Ses seviyesi kontrol panelinin LCD ekranında görüntülenir.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un Kullanılması

229

Audio Monitor Kurulumu
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup Yardımcı Yazılımı
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup yardımcı yazılımı, istediğiniz ses seviyesi göstergesi türünü
ayarlamak ve Blackmagic Audio Monitor cihazınızdaki dahili yazılımı güncellemek için kullanılır.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor ilk modeli USB aracılığıyla bir bilgisayara bağlandığında, kurulum
yardımcı yazılımını kullanarak yapılandırma ayarlarını değiştirebilir ve dahili yazılımı
güncelleyebilirsiniz. Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3 modelde, USB veya Ethernet üzerinden
de cihaz yazılımını güncelleyebilir ve ayarları değiştirebilirsiniz.
Audio Monitor Setup yazılımını yüklemek için:
1

Bir internet tarayıcısı kullanarak www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support adresine gidin ve
en yeni Blackmagic Audio Monitor sürücülerini indirin.

2

Dosyanın indirilmesi bittiğinde, program yükleyiciyi çalıştırmak için “Install Audio Monitor’”simgesini çift tıklayın. Komutları sonuna kadar takip edin ve yazılımı yüklemek için “yükle”
butonuna basın.

3

Yazılım yüklendikten sonra, uygulamalar veya programlar klasöründeki “Blackmagic Audio
Monitor” klasörüne gidin ve “Audio Monitor Setup” ibaresini çift tıklayın.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor’unuzun dahili yazılımını güncellemekve yapılandırma ayarlarını değiştirmek için, Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup yardımcı yazılımını kullanın.

Audio Monitor Kurulumu

230

Audio Sekmesi
Ses gecikmesi ve seviye gösterge ayarlarını görüntülemek için “Audio” yani ses
sekmesini tıklayın.

Ses Gecikmesi (Audio Delay)
Bu sürgüyü ayarlayarak HDMI ve SDI düz geçiş çıkışı bağlantılarına bir ses gecikmesi ekleyin.
Gecikmeyi kare veya zaman olarak milisaniye cinsinden ayarlayabilirsiniz.

Ses Seviyesi Göstergeleri (Audio Level Meters)
EBU ve BBC ölçülerine sahip VU, PPM veya ses yüksekliği gösterge türlerinden birini
seçebilirsiniz. VU göstergesi, her ne kadar standart olsa da PPM ve ses yüksekliği göstergeleri
algılanan ses yüksekliği için ölçeklendirme sistemleri ve ölçüler sunar. Aşağıdaki tabloda
desteklenen ses seviyesi göstergeleri ve ölçüm derecesi kombinasyonları gösterilmektedir.
Gösterge TürüÖlçek TürüÖlçüm Ölçeği

Kullanımı

VU–-45’ten +3’eBirimin üzerinde basılıdır.

PPM

EBU

-12’den +12’yeYapıştırmalı etiket

PPM

BBC

1’den 7’yeYapıştırmalı etiket

Ses Seviyesi

EBU +9-18’den +9’aYapıştırmalı etiket

Ses Seviyesi

EBU +18-36’dan +18’eYapıştırmalı etiket

Ses Seviyesi

Tam Ölçek +9-41’den -14’eYapıştırmalı etiket

Ses Seviyesi

Tam Ölçek +18-59’dan -5’eYapıştırmalı etiket

Audio Monitor Kurulumu

231

VU
Bu gösterge, ses sinyalinizdeki kısa iniş ve çıkışların ortalamasını alır. Genellikle sinyaldeki
piklerin denetlenmesinde kullanılır fakat, ortalama alma özelliği sayesinde, sesin algınanyüksekliğinin denetlenmesinde de kullanılabilir.

PPM
Bu gösterge, anlık olarak ses sinyallerinin en yüksek noktasını tutan ve yavaşça inmesinisağlayan, bir ‘pik tutma’ özelliğini görüntüler. Böylelikle, sesin nerede en yüksek noktayaulaştığını kolaylıkla görebilirsiniz.

Ses Seviyesi
Bu gösterge, ses sinyalinizdeki ses seviyesinin subjektif kalitesini görüntüler. Günümüz yayın
standartları uyumlu ses seviyeleri için ses seviye ölçümleri de içerir.
VU ve PPM göstergeleri -18dB veya -20dB olarak seçilebilir bir referans seviyesi özelliğine
sahiptir ve böylece farklı uluslararası yayın standartlarına uyacak şekilde sesi denetleyebilirsiniz.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor’un LED referans davranışı, seçilen her bir gösterge türü ile değişir.
Sesin nerede en yüksek noktaya ulaştığını kolaylıkla belirleyebilmenize yardımcı olması
amacıyla, tam doğru dB referans ölçeklerinin olduğu yapıştırmalı etiketler, Blackmagic Audio
Monitor ile birlikte sağlanmıştır. Bu yapıştırmalı etiketleri yapıştırmak için, etiketi kağıdından
ayırın ve istenilen ölçeği, renkli LED göstergeleri ile mevcut VU ölçek işaretleri arasına yapıştırın.
Her ses seviyesi gösterge türü ve ölçüm referansı için iki etiket sağlanmıştır. Etiket sayfaları,
yerel Blackmagic Design destek ofisinizden de temin edilebilir.

Yapıştırmalı etiketler, her bir gösterge türü için sesin nerede pik
yaptığını doğru olarak belirleyebilmeniz için size sağlanmıştır.

Audio Monitor Kurulumu

232

Kurulum Sekmesi“Setup” yani kurulum sekmesi, yazılımın sürüm numarasını listeler ve Blackmagic Audio Monitor
için ağ ayarlarını içerir. Cihazınızı özel bir isimle de etiketleyebilirsiniz. Cihazınıza bir isim
vermek, uzaktan bağlandığınızda hızlı bir şekilde onu bulmanıza yardımcı olur. Kurulum sekmesi
ayrıca, ses monitörü için ağ ayarlarına da sahiptir.
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G’nize bir isim vermek için:
1“Setup” yani kurulum sekmesini tıklayın.

2“Name” etiketli isim için metin kutusunu tıklayın ve yeni bir isim girin.

3

Yardımcı program ekranının sağ alt köşesindeki “save” butonunu tıklayarak kaydedin.

Ağ Ayarları (Network)
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G cihazınıza bir ağ üzerinden erişmek, birden fazla cihaz yönetimi için en
kolay yoldur. Bunu, Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup yardımcı yazılımını kullanarak yapabilirsiniz.
Fabrika ayarı olarak, Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G cihazınız DHCP’ye yapılandırılmıştır, yani otomatikolarak bir ağ adresi alır ve kurulum yardımcı programı ana ekranından hemen seçilmesini kolaylaştırır.
Bir Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G’yi ağ üzerinde bulmakta sorun yaşıyorsanız ya da daha öncemevcut ağınız ile uyumlu olmayan bir statik adresi kullanmaya ayarladıysanız; ağ ayarlarını yerelolarak değiştirmeniz gerekebilir. Bunu USB ile yapabilirsiniz.

Allow Utility Administration (Yardımcı Yazılım Yönetimine İzin Ver)Ses monitörünüz ağ üzerinden veya USB üzerinden bağlandığında, Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup yardımcı yazılımına erişilebilir. Ağ üzerinden kullanıcı erişimini engellemek için “via USB”
ibareli USB üzerinden seçeneğini tıklayın.

Reset (Fabrika Ayarlarına Sıfırla)Audio Monitor 12G cihazınızı, fabrika ayarlarına sıfırlamak için “factory reset” ibaresini seçin.

Audio Monitor Kurulumu

2332110 Sekmesi
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3, PTP grandmaster ayarlarının yanı sıra SMPTE 2110 IP sinyalakışlarını yapılandırmak için bir sekmeye sahiptir.

2110 Receiver (Alıcı)
Yalnızca ses kaynaklarını yönlendiriyorsanız, sadece ses kaynaklarını görüntülemek için onay
kutusunu işaretleyin.
Almak istediğiniz sinyal akışını yönlendirmek için alıcı alanının sağındaki büyüteci tıklayın. Bu, sinyalakışları için IP düğümü ve kaynak etiketi ile listelenmiş olarak tüm mevcut kaynakları gösteren bir
pencere açar. Bir sinyal akışını vurgulayın ve “select” etiketli seçim butonunu tıklayın. Pencere
kapanır ve sinyal akış etiketi, alıcı alanında görünür. Şimdi, gelen kaynağı ses monitörünün LCD
ekranında görmeniz gerekir.

PTP Saat Ayarları
PTP ayarları, PTP grandmaster için ayarları yapılandırmanızı sağlar.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G G3’ü PTP grandmaster’i olan bir 10G ağ dağıtıcıya bağlarken,
zamanlama çakışmasını önlemek için ses monitörünün sadece takipçi moduna ayarlanması
gerekir. Ses monitörünü Blackmagic 2110 IP 3x3G Converter gibi başka bir 2110 IP cihazınabağladıysanız onay kutusunu işaretleyerek bunlardan birini takipçi olarak ayarlayın
Alan Numarası
PTP grandmaster ile eşleşen bir alan (domain) numarası girin. Bu, genellikle 127’dir ama bu alana
farklı bir alan numarası girilerek değiştirilebilir.
Master (Ana Adres)“Master” olarak etiketli ana adres alanı, PTP grandmaster’in Mac adresini gösterir. Bu ya ayrı bir
grandmaster cihazı ya da Blackmagic 2110 IP cihazıdır.
PTP Lock (PTP Kilidi)
PTP Lock alanı, ses monitörünün Ethernet üzerinden bir PTP saatine kilitlendiğini bildirir.
Priority (Öncelik)
Priority 1 ve 2 ayarları, ağda birden fazla PTP grandmaster varken, tercih edilen PTP
grandmaster’i belirlemenize olanak tanır. Rakam küçüldükçe öncelik artar.
Anons Aralığı ve Zaman Aşımı
“Announce interval” ve “timeout” alanlarının, genellikle her iki saniye ya da 2000 ms’de bir
senkronizasyon mesajları gönderen PTP grandmaster’in özelliklerine uyması gerekir. Mesajın
sıklığını değiştirmek için menüyü kullanarak farklı bir zaman seçin. Anons aralığı ve anons zamanaşımı için geçerli aralıklar, PTP grandmaster’e bağlıdır.
Audio Monitor Kurulumu

234

Dahili Yazılımın Güncellenmesi
1Blackmagic Audio Monitor cihazınızı bir USB ya da Ethernet aracılığıyla
bilgisayarınıza bağlayın.

2Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup’ı açın.

3

Configuration (yapılandırma) ikonunu tıkladığınızda yardımcı yazılım, bir güncellemeyegereksinim olup olmadığını gösterir.

4

Bir güncelleme gerekli olduğunda, ‘update’ düğmesini tıklayın ve yazılım yükleme işleminin
tamamlanmasını bekleyin.

Dahili yazılım güncellemesini uygulamak için,
Update (Güncelle) düğmesini tıklayın.

Bir ilerleme çubuğu güncellemenizin
durumunu görüntüler.

5

Güncelleme işlemi tamamlandıktan sonra ‘close’ (kapat) düğmesini tıklayın.

Audio Monitor Kurulumu

235

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler
Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol v1.4
The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol that gives you
the freedom to build your own custom control solutions for your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.
For example, you can create your own software application or web interface to control yourBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G via Ethernet from your computer.
The first step is to connect your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G to your computer via Ethernet.
You can do this by connecting to the same network your computer is connected to, or you canconnect Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G directly to your computer.

NOTE If Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is connected directly to your computer, set
your computer to a manual static IP address. Set the first three blocks of numbers in the
IP address to match your Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G and set the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0. You can leave the gateway or router setting blank as it will not be used
in a direct connection between your computer and Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G.

If your network settings are set correctly, you can now open the Terminal application on Mac,or enable Telnet command line utilities on Windows and enter Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Ethernet Protocol commands. These commands can be programmed into your application andtriggered by related items on a custom user interface of your own design.
On a Mac:
1Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.

2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your Audio Monitor 12G anotherspace and “9996” which is the Audio Monitor Ethernet Protocol port number. For example
type: nc 192.168.1.154 9996. The Protocol preamble will appear.

The Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends information in blocks which each have an identifying
header in all-caps, followed by a full-colon. A block spans multiple lines and is terminated by ablank line.
Each line in the protocol is terminated by a new line character.
Upon connection, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G sends a complete dump of the state of thedevice. After the initial status dump, status updates are sent every time the Blackmagic Audio
Monitor 12G status changes.
To be resilient to future protocol changes, clients should ignore blocks they do notrecognize, up to the trailing blank line. Within existing blocks, clients should ignore lines they do
not recognize.
Legend↵…

line feed or carriage returnand so on

Version 1.0 of the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G Ethernet Protocol was released withBlackmagic Audio Monitor 12G 3.0 software.

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler

236

Protocol Preamble
The first block sent by the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is always the protocol preamble:
PROTOCOL PREAMBLE:
Version: 1.4

The version field indicates the protocol version. When the protocol is changed in a compatibleway, the minor version number will be updated. If incompatible changes are made, the major
version number will be updated.
Device Information
The next block contains general information about the connected Blackmagic Audio Monitor
12G device. If a device is connected, the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G will report the attributesof the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Model: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Label: Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G
Unique ID: <label>

Only the label can be modified.
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:↵
Label: My new name↵↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Label: My new name

The next block will show the network settings which can only be changed via the Blackmagic
Audio Monitor Setup utility when connected over USB. This is for information only.
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: 1
Static address: 0.0.0.0
Static subnet: 0.0.0.0
Static gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current address: 0.0.0.0
Current subnet:
0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0

The next block is the meter type.
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: VU (-20dBFS Ref)

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler

237

This can be changed to VU (-20dBFS Ref), VU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref),
PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-20dBFS Ref), PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref), Loudness (EBU +9
scale) or Loudness (EBU +18 scale)
AUDIO METER:↵
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)↵↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: Loudness (EBU +18 scale)

The next block is the input type.
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo SDI Stereo 1-2This can be changed to SDI Stereo 3-4, SDI Stereo 5-6, SDI Stereo 7-8, SDI Stereo 9-10, SDI
Stereo 11-12, SDI Stereo 13-14, SDI Stereo 15-16, XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2, XLR Analog Stereo or
RCA Stereo
AUDIO INPUT:↵
Routing: Speaker Stereo↵

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: Speaker Stereo

XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2

The next block is the ST2110 state. This indicates the SDI output level.
ST2110:SDI Output Level: Auto

The next block is the audio output state. This indicates the current headphone and speakervolume settings as well as the state of the mute and solo buttons.
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 0
Gain: Headphone Stereo 0
Mute: false
Solo: Off
Audio delay in ms: 0
Audio delay in frames: 0
Audio delay unit selected: Milliseconds

The volume gain settings can be set between 0 and 255. Mute can be true or false and Solocan be Off, Left or Right
AUDIO OUTPUT:↵
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125↵
Solo: Right↵↵

The response will be
ACK:
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: Speaker Stereo 125
Solo: Right

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler238

Checking the Connection
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may
send a special no-operation command to check that the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G isstill responding:
PING:↵↵

If the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is responding, it will respond with an ACK message as forany other recognized command.
Checking valid Protocol Commands
While the connection to the Blackmagic Audio Monitor 12G is established, a client may send a
special HELP command to obtain a list of supported Telnet commands:
HELP:↵↵
AUDIOMONITOR DEVICE:
Model: <label> [read only]
Label: <label>
Unique ID: <label> [read only]
NETWORK:
Dynamic IP: <boolean> [read only]
Current address: <IP_address> [read only]
Current subnet: <IP_address> [read only]
Current gateway: <IP_address> [read only]
AUDIO METER:
Meter Mode: <enum> -> <enum> = <”VU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “VU (-18dBFS Ref)”| “PPM EBU (-20dBFS Ref)” | “PPM EBU (-18dBFS Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-20dBFS
Ref)” | “PPM BBC (-18dBFS Ref)” | “Loudness (EBU +9 scale)” | “Loudness(EBU +18 scale)”>;AUDIO INPUT:
Routing: <enum1> <enum2> -> <enum1> = <”Speaker Stereo”>; <enum2> =<”SDI Stereo 1-2” | “SDI Stereo 3-4” | “SDI Stereo 5-6” | “SDI Stereo
7-8” | “SDI Stereo 9-10” | “SDI Stereo 11-12” | “SDI Stereo 13-14” | “SDI
Stereo 15-16” | “SDI Stereo 17-18” | “SDI Stereo 19-20” | “SDI Stereo 2122” | “SDI Stereo 23-24” | “SDI Stereo 25-26” | “SDI Stereo 27-28” | “SDI
Stereo 29-30” | “SDI Stereo 31-32” | “SDI Stereo 33-34” | “SDI Stereo 3536” | “SDI Stereo 37-38” | “SDI Stereo 39-40” | “SDI Stereo 41-42” | “SDI
Stereo 43-44” | “SDI Stereo 45-46” | “SDI Stereo 47-48” | “SDI Stereo
49-50” | “SDI Stereo 51-52” | “SDI Stereo 53-54” | “SDI Stereo 55-56”| “SDI Stereo 57-58” | “SDI Stereo 59-60” | “SDI Stereo 61-62” | “SDI
Stereo 63-64” | “XLR AES/EBU Stereo 1-2” | “XLR Analog Stereo” | “RCA
Stereo” | “ST2110 Stereo 1-2” | “ST2110 Stereo 3-4” | “ST2110 Stereo 5-6”
| “ST2110 Stereo 7-8” | “ST2110 Stereo 9-10” | “ST2110 Stereo 11-12” |“ST2110 Stereo 13-14” | “ST2110 Stereo 15-16” | “ST2110 Stereo 17-18” |“ST2110 Stereo 19-20” | “ST2110 Stereo 21-22” | “ST2110 Stereo 23-24” |“ST2110 Stereo 25-26” | “ST2110 Stereo 27-28” | “ST2110 Stereo 29-30” |“ST2110 Stereo 31-32” | “ST2110 Stereo 33-34” | “ST2110 Stereo 35-36” |“ST2110 Stereo 37-38” | “ST2110 Stereo 39-40” | “ST2110 Stereo 41-42” |“ST2110 Stereo 43-44” | “ST2110 Stereo 45-46” | “ST2110 Stereo 47-48” |“ST2110 Stereo 49-50” | “ST2110 Stereo 51-52” | “ST2110 Stereo 53-54” |“ST2110 Stereo 55-56” | “ST2110 Stereo 57-58” | “ST2110 Stereo 59-60” |“ST2110 Stereo 61-62” | “ST2110 Stereo 63-64”>;
AUDIO OUTPUT:
Gain: <enum> <integer> -> <enum> = <”Speaker Stereo” | “Headphone
Stereo”>; <integer> = <0..255>;
Mute: <boolean> -> <boolean> = <true | false>;
Solo: <enum> -> <enum> = <”Off” | “Left” | “Right”>;
Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler

239

Yardım
Yardım İçinYardım almanın en hızlı yolu Blackmagic Design online destek sayfalarına girip Blackmagic
Audio Monitor’unuz için mevcut olan en son destek malzemesini incelemenizdir.

Blackmagic Design Online Destek Sayfaları
En son kılavuz, yazılım ve destek notlarına www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support adresindekiBlackmagic Design destek merkezinden ulaşılabilir.

Blackmagic Design ForumWeb sitemizdeki Blackmagic Design forum, daha fazla bilgi ve yaratıcı fikirler için ziyaret
edebileceğiniz faydalı bir kaynaktır. Burası yardım alabilmeniz için daha hızlı bir yol olabilirçünkü, başka deneyimli kullanıcılar ya da Blackmagic Design çalışanları tarafından
sorularınıza yanıtlar bulabilir ve bu sayede çalışmalarınıza devam edebilirsiniz. Foruma
https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com adresinden ulaşabilirsiniz.

Blackmagic Design Destek Hizmetiyle İrtibat
Aradığınız yardımı, destek kaynaklarında ya da forumda bulamadığınızda, lütfen destek
sayfamıza girerek “Bize e-posta gönderin” butonunu tıklayarak e-posta yoluyla destek talebinde
bulunun. Bunun yerine, destek sayfasındaki “Yerel destek ekibini arayın” butonunu tıklayıp sizeen yakın olan Blackmagic Design destek ofisini arayabilirsiniz.

Mevcut Yazılım Sürümünün Kontrol Edilmesi
Bilgisayarınızda Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup yazılımının hangi sürümünün yüklü olduğunu
kontrol etmek için, About Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup penceresini açın.
 MacOS sistemlerinde, ‘Uygulamalar’ klasöründen Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup
yazılımını açın. Sürüm numarasını görüntülemek için, uygulama menüsünden ‘About
Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup’ ibaresini seçin.
 Windows 10 sistemlerinde, ‘Başlangıç’ sayfasındaki Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setupbaşlığından, Blackmagic Audio Monitor Setup yazılımını açın. Sürüm numarasını
görüntülemek için ‘Yardım’ menüsünü tıklayın ve ‘About Blackmagic Audio Monitor
Setup’ ibaresini seçin.

En Son Yazılım Güncellemelerine Erişim
Bilgisayarınızda yüklü bulunan Blackmagic Audio Monitor Kurulum yazılımının sürümünü kontrol
ettikten sonra, lütfen Blackmagic Design destek merkezine www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support
adresinden girerek en son güncellemeleri gözden geçirin. En son güncellemeleri çalıştırmak
faydalı olsa da önemli bir projenin ortasındayken, yazılımı güncellemekten kaçınmakta yarar vardır.

Yardım240

Mevzuata İlişkin Bildirimler
Avrupa Birliği Dahilinde Elektrikli ve Elektronik Ekipman Atıklarının Bertaraf Edilmesi.
Ürün üzerindeki sembol, bu ekipmanın başka atık malzemelerle bertaraf edilmemesişartını belirler. Atık ekipmanlarınızı bertaraf edebilmeniz için, geri dönüşümünü
sağlamak üzere, belirlenmiş toplama noktasına teslim edilmeleri gerekmektedir.
Bertaraf anında atık cihazlarınızın ayrı olarak toplanması ve geri dönüşümü, doğal
kaynakların korunmasına yardımcı olacaktır ve insan sağlığını ve çevreyi koruyucu birşekilde geri dönüşümünü sağlayacaktır. Atık ekipmanlarınızı geri dönüşüm için nereyeteslim edebileceğiniz konusunda daha fazla bilgi için, lütfen yerel belediyenizin geridönüşüm şubesini ya da ürünü satın aldığınız satış bayisini arayınız.
Bu cihaz, test edilmiş ve Federal İletişim Komisyonu (FCC) koşullarının 15. bölümü
doğrultusunda A Sınıfı dijital cihazların sınırlarıyla uyumlu olduğu tespit edilmiştir. İlgili
sınırlar, bu cihaz ticari bir ortamda çalıştırıldığında, zararlı müdahalelere karşı makul
koruma sağlaması amacıyla tasarlanmıştır. Bu ekipman, radyo frekans enerjisi üretir,kullanır ve saçabilir ve talimatlar doğrultusunda kurulmadığı ve kullanılmadığı takdirde,
radyo komünikasyonlarına zararlı müdahaleye yol açabilir. Bu ürünün bir yerleşim
bölgesinde çalıştırılması zararlı müdahaleye yol açabilir. Bu durumda, müdahalenindüzeltilmesi için ilgili maliyeti kullanıcı karşılamak zorundadır.
Bu cihazın çalıştırılması aşağıdaki iki şarta bağlıdır:1

Bu cihaz, zararlı müdahaleye sebebiyet vermemelidir.

2

Bu cihaz, arzu edilmeyen bir çalışma şekline yol açacak müdahaleler de dahil olmaküzere, maruz kaldığı her türlü müdahaleyi, kabul etmelidir.

MSIP-REM-BMD-AudioMonitor
R-R-BMD-201812001
R-R-BMD-20240212004
ISED Kanada Beyannamesi
Bu cihaz, A Sınıfı dijital cihazlar için Kanada standartlarıyla uyumludur.
Bu cihaza yapılacak herhangi bir değişiklik veya kullanım amacı dışında kullanılması,
bu standartlara uyumluluğunu hükümsüz kılabilir.
HDMI arayüzlerine bağlantı, yüksek kaliteli korumalı HDMI kablolarıyla yapılmalıdır.
Bu cihaz, ticari ortamda kullanım amacına uygunluk için test edilmiştir. Bu cihaz bir
ev ortamında kullanıldığı durumlarda, radyo parazitine neden olabilir.

Mevzuata İlişkin Bildirimler

241

Güvenlik Bilgileri
Elektrik çarpmalarına karşı korunmak için, bu cihaz koruyucu topraklama bağlantısı olan birşebeke prizine takılmalıdır. Şüpheli durumlarda yetkili bir elektrikçi ile irtibata geçiniz.
Elektrik çarpması riskini azaltmak için, bu cihaz damlayan veya sıçrayan suya maruz
bırakılmamalıdır.
Bu ürün çevresel ısısı 40º C’ye kadar olan tropikal ortamlarda kullanılmaya uygundur.
Cihazın çevresinde yeterli havalandırma olduğundan ve hava akımının kısıtlanmadığından
emin olun.
Rafa monte ederken, bitişik cihazlardan dolayı hava akımının kısıtlanmadığından emin olun.
Ürünün içinde, kullanıcı tarafından tamir edebilecek hiçbir parça bulunmamaktadır. Gerekli
tamiratları yerel Blackmagic Design servis merkezine yönlendirin.
Deniz seviyesinden yüksekliğin 2000m’yi aşmadığı yerlerde kullanın.
Kaliforniya Eyaleti Beyannamesi
Bu ürün; plastik parçaları dahilinde, eser miktarda polibromine bifeniller gibi kimyasal maddelere
sizi maruz bırakabilir. Kaliforniya eyaletinde, bu maddelerin kansere, doğum kusurlarına veya
başka üreme bozukluklarına sebebiyet verdiği bilinmektedir.
Daha fazla bilgi için www.P65Warnings.ca.gov adresini ziyaret ediniz.
Avrupa Ofisi
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17, Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Güvenlik Bilgileri

242

GARANTİ
12 Ay Sınırlı GarantiBlackmagic Design şirketi bu ürünün satın alındığı tarihten itibaren malzeme ve işçilik bakımından
12 ay boyunca arızasız olacağına garanti sunmaktadır. Üründe bu garanti süresi içinde bir arıza ve
kusur söz konusu olursa Blackmagic Design, kendi seçimi doğrultusunda, ya arızalı ürünü parçave işçilik bedeli talep etmeksizin tamir edecektir ya da arızalı ürünü, yenisiyle değiştirecektir.
Bu garanti kapsamında hizmetten yararlanmak için, siz müşterilerin, Blackmagic Design’i garanti
süresi sona ermeden arızaya ilişkin bilgilendirmeniz ve söz konusu hizmetin sağlanması için uygun
düzenlemeleri yapmanız gereklidir. Blackmagic Design tarafından özel belirlenmiş ve yetkilendirilmiş
bir hizmet merkezine, arızalı ürünün ambalajlanarak sevkiyatı, Müşterilerimizin sorumluluğudur
ve sevkiyat ücretleri peşin ödenmiş olmalıdır. Herhangi bir sebepten dolayı bize iade edilenürünlerin; tüm nakliye, sigorta, yasal bedel, vergi ve diğer tüm masrafların ödenmesi müşterinin
sorumluluğu altındadır.
Bu garanti; yanlış kullanım ya da yanlış veya kusurlu bakımdan kaynaklanan herhangi bir arızayı,
bozukluğu ya da hasarı kapsamaz. Blackmagic Design burada açıklanan durumlarda, bu garanti
kapsamında hizmet sağlamak zorunda değildir: a) Blackmagic Design temsilcileri haricindeki başka
personelin ürünü kurma, tamir etme ya da bakımını yapma girişimlerinden kaynaklanan hasarın
tamir edilmesi, b) uygun olmayan kullanım veya uyumlu olmayan ekipmanlara bağlanılmasından
kaynaklanan hasarın tamir edilmesi, c) Blackmagic Design parçaları ya da malzemesi olmayanürünlerin kullanımından kaynaklanan hasarın ya da arızanın tamir edilmesi ya da d) Modifiye veya
başka ürünlerle entegre edilmiş bir ürünün; söz konusu modifikasyon ya da entegrasyonun gereken
tamiratın süresini uzattığı ya da ürün bakımını zorlaştırdığı durumlarda, tamir edilmesi. BU GARANTİ,BLACKMAGIC DESIGN TARAFINDAN VERİLMİŞTİR VE AÇIK YA DA ZIMNİ, HERHANGİ BİR
GARANTİNİN YERİNİ TUTAR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN VE SATICILARI, TİCARİ GARANTİ YA DAÖZEL BİR AMACA UYGUNLUK GARANTİSİNİ KABUL ETMEZ. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN’İN HATALIÜRÜNLERİ TAMİR ETME YA DA DEĞİŞTİRME SORUMLULUĞU, BLACKMAGIC DESIGN YA DASATICILARININ SÖZ KONUSU HATA HAKKINDA ÖNCEDEN BİLGİSİ OLMASINI GÖZETMEKSİZİN,ÜRÜNDE DOLAYLI, ÖZEL, DOĞRUDAN YA DA SONUÇ NİTELİĞİNDE ORTAYA ÇIKAN HERHANGİ
BİR HASAR İÇİN MÜŞTERİYE SUNACAĞI TAM VE MÜNHASIR ÇÖZÜMDÜR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN,EKİPMANIN MÜŞTERİLER TARAFINDAN YASAL OLMAYAN HERHANGİ BİR KULLANIMINDANSORUMLU DEĞİLDİR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN, BU ÜRÜNÜN KULLANIMINDAN KAYNAKLANANHERHANGİ BİR HASARDAN SORUMLU DEĞİLDİR. BU ÜRÜNÜN ÇALIŞTIRILMASINDAN DOĞAN
RİSK, KULLANICININ KENDİSİNE AİTTİR.
© Telif Hakkı Saklıdır 2024 Blackmagic Design. Tüm Hakları Saklıdır. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup
Videohub’, ‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ ve ‘Leading the creative video revolution’, ABD ve diğer ülkelerdetescil edilmiş ticari markalardır. Diğer tüm şirket ve ürün isimleri bağlantılı oldukları ilgili şirketler/firmaların ticari markaları olabilir.

GARANTİ

243